Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009

Commission File Number: 1-9852

CHASE CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Massachusetts
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation of organization)
  11-1797126
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

26 Summer Street, Bridgewater, Massachusetts 02324
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code)

(508) 279-1789
(Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class:
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock
($0.10 Par Value)
  NYSE Amex

         Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: None

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act). YES  o     NO  ý

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. YES  o     NO  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES  ý     NO  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES  o     NO  o

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ý

         Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer", "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  ý   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

         Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES  o     NO  ý

         The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, as of February 28, 2009 (the last business day of the registrant's second quarter of fiscal 2009), was approximately $55,403,681.

         As of October 31, 2009, the Company had outstanding 8,795,005 shares of common stock, $.10 par value, which is its only class of common stock.

Documents Incorporated By Reference:

         Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which is expected to be filed within 120 days after the registrant's fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

For the Year Ended August 31, 2009

 
   
  Page No.  

PART I

           

Item 1

 

Business

    3  

Item 1A

 

Risk Factors

    7  

Item 1B

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

    9  

Item 2

 

Properties

    10  

Item 3

 

Legal Proceedings

    11  

Item 4

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

    11  

Item 4A

 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

    11  

PART II

           

Item 5

 

Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

    12  

Item 6

 

Selected Financial Data

    13  

Item 7

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    14  

Item 7A

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

    25  

Item 8

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

    26  

Item 9

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

    60  

Item 9A

 

Controls and Procedures

    60  

Item 9B

 

Other Information

    60  

PART III

           

Item 10

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

    61  

Item 11

 

Executive Compensation

    61  

Item 12

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

    61  

Item 13

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

    61  

Item 14

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

    61  

PART IV

           

Item 15

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

    62  

SIGNATURES

   
65
 

2


Table of Contents


PART I

ITEM 1—BUSINESS

Primary Operating Divisions and Facilities and Industry Segment

        Chase Corporation (the "Company," "Chase," "we," or "us") is a global manufacturer of tapes, laminates, sealants, and coatings for high reliability applications, and a provider of contract assembly services for the electronics industry. Our strategy is to maximize the performance of our core businesses and brands while seeking future opportunities through strategic acquisitions. We are organized into two operating segments with multiple facilities. All plant locations are part of our Specialized Manufacturing segment with the exception of Chase EMS, which is part of our Electronic Manufacturing Services segment. A summary of our operating structure as of August 31, 2009 is as follows:

Primary Manufacturing Location
  Background/History   Key Products & Services
  SPECIALIZED MANUFACTURING SEGMENT

 

Randolph, MA

 

This was one of our first operating facilities and has been producing products for the wire and cable industry for more than fifty years.

 

Electrical cable insulation tapes using the brand name Chase & Sons® and related products such as Chase BLH 2 OCK®, a water blocking compound sold to the wire and cable industry.

Insulating and conducting materials for the manufacture of electrical and telephone wire and cable, electrical splicing, and terminating and repair tapes, which are marketed to wire and cable manufacturers and public utilities.

 

Webster, MA

 

We began operating this facility, which manufactures tape and related products, in 1992.

In December 2003, we acquired the assets of PaperTyger, LLC ("PaperTyger"). The PaperTyger product lines are also manufactured at this facility.

 

Specialty tapes and related products for the electronic and telecommunications industries using the brand name Chase & Sons®.

PaperTyger® is a trademark for laminated durable papers sold to the envelope converting and commercial printing industries.

 

Paterson, NJ

 

In February 2003, Chase Facile, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired certain assets of Facile, Inc., located in Paterson, New Jersey.

 

Flexible composites and laminates for the wire & cable, aerospace and industrial laminate markets including Insulfab®, an insulation material used in the aerospace industry.

 

Taylorsville, NC

 

In January 2004, we purchased certain manufacturing equipment and began operations at this facility.

 

Flexible packaging for industrial and retail use. Slit film for the building wire market and for telecommunication cable.

 

Evanston, IL

 

In November 2001, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Tapecoat, a division of T.C. Manufacturing Inc.

 

Manufacturer of technologically advanced products, including the brand Tapecoat®, for demanding anti-corrosion applications in the gas, oil and marine pipeline market segments, as well as tapes and membranes for roofing and other construction related applications.

3


Table of Contents

Primary Manufacturing Location
  Background/History   Key Products & Services
  Pittsburgh, PA   The HumiSeal business and product lines were acquired in the early 1970's.

The Royston business was acquired in the early 1970's.

In April 2005, we acquired certain assets of E-Poxy Engineered Materials. Additionally, in September 2006, we acquired all of the capital stock of Capital Services Joint Systems. Both of these acquisitions were combined to form the Expansion Joints product line which is now manufactured in Pittsburgh.
  Protective conformal coatings under the brand name HumiSeal®, moisture protective electronic coatings sold to the electronics industry.

Protective pipe coating tapes and other protectants for valves, regulators, casings, joints, metals, concrete, and wood which are sold under the brand name Royston®, to oil companies, gas utilities, and pipeline companies.

Rosphalt50® is a polymer additive that provides long term cost effective solutions in many applications such as waterproofing of approaches and bridges, ramps, race tracks, airports and specialty road applications.

Waterproofing sealants, expansion joints and accessories for the transportation, industrial and architectural markets.

 

Camberley, Surrey, England

 

In October 2005, we acquired all of the capital stock of Concoat Holdings Ltd. and its subsidiaries. In 2006 Concoat was renamed HumiSeal Europe.

In March 2007, we expanded our international presence with the formation of HumiSeal Europe SARL in France. In conjunction with establishing the new company, certain assets were acquired from Metronelec SARL, a former distributor of HumiSeal products.

 

Protective conformal coatings under the brand name HumiSeal®, moisture protective electronic coatings sold to the electronics industry.

HumiSeal Europe SARL operates a sales/technical service office and warehouse near Paris. This business works closely with the HumiSeal operation in Camberley, Surrey, England allowing direct sales and service to the French market.

 

Rye, East Sussex, England

 

On September 1, 2007, we purchased certain product lines and a related manufacturing facility in Rye, East Sussex, England through our wholly owned subsidiary, Chase Protective Coatings Ltd.

 

Manufacturer of waterproofing and corrosion protection systems for oil, gas and water pipelines and a supplier to Europe, the Middle East and Southeast Asia. This facility joins Chase's North American based Tapecoat® and Royston® brands to broaden the protective coatings product line and better address increasing global demand.


 


ELECTRONIC MANUFACTURING SERVICES SEGMENT

 

Winchester, MA

 

In May 1999, we acquired RWA, Inc. ("RWA"). In fiscal 2005, this division moved to Winchester, MA from Melrose, MA and is doing business as Chase EMS.

 

Assembly and turnkey contract manufacturing services including printed circuit board and electromechanical assembly services to the electronics industry operating principally in the United States.

4


Table of Contents

Other Business Developments

C.I.M. Industries Inc.

        On September 4, 2009, we acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of C.I.M. Industries Inc. ("C.I.M."), which is based in Peterborough, NH and has a manufacturing facility in Texas. C.I.M. is a specialized manufacturer of high performance coating and lining systems used worldwide in the liquid storage and containment industry. With a primary focus on the water and wastewater industry, C.I.M. has the preferred products that complement our product line of high performance tapes and coatings. In its most recently completed twelve month period ending August 31, 2009, C.I.M. revenues were approximately $9,790,000.

        The total purchase price, net of cash received, was $18,894,000, subject to certain adjustments relating to the closing date working capital. The purchase was funded through a combination of available cash on hand, a term loan in the amount of $10,000,000 from Bank of America, and a $3,000,000 note payable to C.I.M. shareholders. The net assets acquired by us include cash, inventories, trade receivables, property, plant & equipment, trade payables and certain other current assets and liabilities. The effective date for this acquisition was September 4, 2009. The results of this acquisition have been included in our financial statements since that date, and consequently are not reflected in our results of operations for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 or any prior period.

Closing of Paterson, NJ Manufacturing Facility

        In August 2009, we announced our intention to close our Paterson, NJ manufacturing facility effective December 31, 2009. Since its acquisition, this operation has been part of our Specialized Manufacturing segment and its key product offerings include flexible composites and laminates for the wire & cable, aerospace and industrial laminate markets. We will be transitioning production to other Chase manufacturing sites with similar capabilities.

Sale of Northeast Quality Products ("NEQP") Business

        In August 2009, we sold our NEQP specialty custom label printing business to Label Tech, Inc. of Somersworth, NH for $185,000. This business was originally acquired by Chase in 1999 and was part of our Specialized Manufacturing segment. With the challenges of the current economy and increased competition, we determined it was the right time for us to divest the label printing business while remaining focused on our core product offerings.

Sale of West Bridgewater, MA Property

        In June 2009, we sold real property (land and building) to ChaseBay Real Estate Holdings, Inc. for $1,370,000. The building and land are located in West Bridgewater, MA and are currently being occupied by Sunburst Electronics Manufacturing Solutions, Inc. The sale of the property resulted in an accounting charge of approximately $262,000 which was recorded in our third quarter ending May 31, 2009 and represents the write down of the book value of the land and building sold to its market value at the time of the sale, as required by generally accepted accounting principles. This transaction was completed with a related party, see notes to financial statements for additional details.

Products and Markets

        Our principal products are specialty tapes, laminates, sealants and coatings that are sold by our salespeople, manufacturers' representatives and distributors. In our Specialized Manufacturing segment, these products consist of:

    (i)
    insulating and conducting materials for the manufacture of electrical and telephone wire and cable, electrical splicing, and terminating and repair tapes, which are marketed to wire and cable manufacturers;

    (ii)
    protective pipe coating tapes and other protectants for valves, regulators, casings, joints, metals, concrete and wood, which are sold to oil companies, gas utilities and pipeline companies;

    (iii)
    protectants for highway bridge deck metal supported surfaces, which are sold to municipal transportation authorities;

5


Table of Contents

    (iv)
    moisture protective coatings, which are sold to the electronics industry including circuitry used in automobiles and home appliances;

    (v)
    laminated durable papers, including laminated paper with an inner security barrier used in personal and mail-stream privacy protection, which are sold primarily to the envelope converting and commercial printing industries;

    (vi)
    flexible composites and laminates for the wire & cable, aerospace, packaging and industrial laminate markets, and

    (vii)
    expansion and control joint systems designed for roads, bridges, stadiums and airport runways.

        In addition, our Electronic Manufacturing Services segment provides circuit board assembly and contract manufacturing services to electronic goods manufacturers.

        There is some seasonality with our product offerings sold into the construction market as increased demand is often experienced when temperatures are warmer (April through October) with less demand occurring when temperatures are colder (typically our second fiscal quarter). We did not introduce any new products or segments requiring an investment of a material amount of our assets during fiscal year 2009.

Employees

        As of October 31, 2009, we employed approximately 365 people (including union employees). We consider our employee relations to be good. In the U.S., we offer our employees a wide array of company-paid benefits, which we believe are competitive relative to others in our industry. In our operations outside the U.S., we offer benefits that may vary from those offered to our U.S. employees due to customary local practices and statutory requirements.

Backlog, Customers and Competition

        As of October 31, 2009, the backlog of orders believed to be firm was approximately $12,756,000 of which $7,980,000 was related to our Electronic Manufacturing Services segment. This compared with a total of $16,369,000 as of October 31, 2008 of which $7,476,000 was associated with our Electronic Manufacturing Services segment. The backlog of orders in the Specialized Manufacturing segment has some seasonality due to the construction season. During fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, no customer accounted for more than 10% of sales. No material portion of our business is subject to renegotiation or termination of profits or contracts at the election of the United States Federal Government.

        There are other companies that manufacture or sell products and services similar to those made and sold by Chase. Many of those companies are larger and have greater financial resources than we have. We compete principally on the basis of technical performance, service reliability, quality and price.

Raw Materials

        We obtain raw materials from a wide variety of suppliers with alternative sources of most essential materials available within reasonable lead times.

Patents, Trademarks, Licenses, Franchises and Concessions

        We own the following trademarks that we believe are of material importance to our business: Chase Corporation®, C-Spray (Logo), a trademark used in conjunction with most of the company's business segment and product line marketing material and communications; HumiSeal®, a trademark for moisture protective coatings sold to the electronics industry; Chase & Sons® and Chase Facile®, trademarks for barrier and insulating tapes sold to the wire and cable industry; Chase BLH 2 OCK®, a trademark for a water blocking compound sold to the wire and cable industry; Rosphalt50®, a trademark for an asphalt additive used predominantly on bridge decks for waterproofing protection; Insulfab®, a trademark for insulation material used in the aerospace industry; PaperTyger®, a trademark for laminated durable papers sold to the envelope converting and commercial printing industries, Tapecoat®, a trademark for corrosion preventative surface coatings and primers; Royston®, a trademark for corrosion inhibiting coating composition for use on pipes; and Eva-Pox® and Ceva®, trademarks for epoxy pastes/gels/mortars and elastomeric concrete used in the construction industry. We do not have any other material trademarks, licenses,

6


Table of Contents


franchises, or concessions. While we do hold various patents, at this time, we do not believe that they are material to the success of our business.

Working Capital

        We fund our business operations through a combination of available cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and cash flows generated from operations. In addition, our revolving credit facility is available for additional working capital needs or investment opportunities.

Research and Development

        Approximately $1,632,000, $1,698,000 and $1,965,000 was spent for Company-sponsored research and development during fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Research and development was relatively flat in 2009 compared to 2008 but decreased by $267,000 in fiscal 2008 compared to 2007 primarily due to diligent cost management practices and continued efficiency improvements that led to cost savings during fiscal 2008.

Available Information

        Chase maintains a website at www.chasecorp.com . We make available, free of charge on our website, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, as soon as reasonably practicable after such report is electronically filed with the SEC. Additionally, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge at the SEC's website at www.sec.gov . Information contained on our website is not part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Financial Information About Segments and Geographic Areas

        Please see Notes 11 and 12 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements for financial information about the Company's industry segments and domestic and foreign operations for each of the last three fiscal years.

ITEM 1A—RISK FACTORS

        The following risk factors should be read carefully in connection with evaluating our business and the forward-looking information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We feel that any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business, operations, industry, financial position or our future financial performance. While we believe that we have identified and discussed below the key risk factors affecting our business, there may be additional risks and uncertainties that are not presently known or that are not currently believed to be significant that may adversely affect our business, operations, industry, financial position and financial performance in the future.

We currently operate in mature markets where increases or decreases in market share could be significant.

        Our sales and net income are largely dependent on recurring sales from a consistent and established customer base. Organic growth opportunities are minimal; however, we have and will continue to use strategic acquisitions as a means to build and grow the business. In this business environment, increases or decreases in market share could have a material effect on our business condition or results of operation. We face intense competition from a diverse range of competitors, including operating divisions of companies much larger and with far greater resources than we have. If we are unable to maintain our market share, our business could suffer.

Our business strategy includes the pursuit of strategic acquisitions, which may not be successful if they happen at all.

        From time to time, we engage in discussions with potential target companies concerning potential acquisitions. In executing our acquisition strategy, we may be unable to identify suitable acquisition candidates. In addition, we may face competition from other companies for acquisition candidates, making it more difficult to acquire suitable companies on favorable terms.

        Even if we do identify a suitable acquisition target and are able to negotiate and close a transaction, the integration of an acquired business into our operations involves numerous risks, including potential difficulties in

7


Table of Contents


integrating an acquired company's product line with ours; the diversion of our resources and management's attention from other business concerns; the potential loss of key employees; limitations imposed by antitrust or merger control laws in the United States or other jurisdictions; risks associated with entering a new geographical or product market; and the day-to-day management of a larger and more diverse combined company.

        We may not realize the synergies, operating efficiencies, market position or revenue growth we anticipate from acquisitions and our failure to effectively manage the above risks and other problems associated with acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, growth prospects and financial performance.

General economic factors, domestically and internationally, may adversely affect our financial performance through increased raw material costs or other expenses and by making access to capital more difficult.

        The cumulative effect of higher interest rates, energy costs, inflation, levels of unemployment, healthcare costs, unsettled financial markets, and other economic factors could adversely affect our financial condition by increasing our manufacturing costs and other expenses at the same time that our customers may be scaling back demand for our products. Prices of certain commodity products, including oil and petroleum-based products are historically volatile and are subject to fluctuations arising from changes in domestic and international supply and demand, labor costs, competition, weather events, market speculation, government regulations and periodic delays in delivery. Rapid and significant changes in commodity prices may affect our sales and profit margins. These factors can also increase our merchandise costs and/or selling, general and administrative expenses, and otherwise adversely affect our operations and results. Recent turmoil in the credit markets may limit our ability to access debt capital for use in acquisitions or other purposes on advantageous terms or at all. If we are unable to manage our expenses in response to general economic conditions and margin pressures, or if we are unable to obtain capital for strategic acquisitions or other needs, then our results of operations would be negatively affected.

Fluctuations in the supply and prices of raw materials may negatively impact our financial results.

        We obtain raw materials needed to manufacture our products from a number of suppliers. Many of these raw materials are petroleum-based derivatives. Under normal market conditions, these materials are generally available on the open market and from a variety of producers. From time to time, however, the prices and availability of these raw materials fluctuate, which could impair our ability to procure necessary materials, or increase the cost of manufacturing our products. If the prices of raw materials increase, and we are unable to pass these increases on to our customers, we could experience reduced profit margins.

We are dependent on key personnel.

        We depend significantly on our executive officers including Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Peter R. Chase, and on other key employees. The loss of the services of any of these key employees could have a material impact on our business and results of operations. In addition, our acquisition strategy will require that we attract, motivate and retain additional skilled and experienced personnel. The inability to satisfy such requirements could have a negative impact on our ability to remain competitive in the future.

If we cannot successfully manage the unique challenges presented by international markets, we may not be successful in expanding our international operations.

        Our strategy includes expansion of our operations in existing and new international markets by selective acquisitions and strategic alliances. Our ability to successfully execute our strategy in international markets is affected by many of the same operational risks we face in expanding our U.S. operations. In addition, our international expansion may be adversely affected by our ability to identify and gain access to local suppliers as well as by local laws and customs, legal and regulatory constraints, political and economic conditions and currency regulations of the countries or regions in which we currently operate or intend to operate in the future. Risks inherent in our international operations also include, among others, the costs and difficulties of managing international operations, adverse tax consequences and greater difficulty in enforcing intellectual property rights. Additionally, foreign currency exchange rates and fluctuations may have an impact our future costs or on future cash flows from our international operations.

8


Table of Contents

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by uncertain economic and political conditions and the effects of these conditions on our customers' businesses and levels of business activity.

        Global economic and political conditions can affect the businesses of our customers and the markets they serve. A severe or prolonged economic downturn or a negative or uncertain political climate could adversely affect the levels of business activity of our customers and the industries they serve, including the automotive, housing, construction, transportation infrastructure and electronics manufacturing industries. This may reduce demand for our products or depress pricing of those products, either of which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Changes in global economic conditions could also shift demand to products for which we do not have competitive advantages, and this could negatively affect the amount of business that we are able to obtain. In addition, if we are unable to successfully anticipate changing economic and political conditions, we may be unable to effectively plan for and respond to those changes and our business could be negatively affected.

Financial market performance may have a material adverse effect on our pension plan assets and require additional funding requirements.

        Significant and sustained declines in the financial markets may have a material adverse effect on the fair market value of our pension plan assets. While these pension plan assets are considered non-financial assets since they are not carried on our balance sheet, the fair market valuation of these assets could impact our funding requirements, funded status or net periodic pension cost. Any significant and sustained declines in the fair market value of these pension assets could require us to increase our funding requirements which would have an impact on our cash flow, and could also lead to additional pension expense.

Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results.

        Generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business, such as revenue recognition, asset impairment, inventories, pensions valuation and tax matters, are highly complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates, or judgments could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance or financial condition. In addition, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 141R, "Business Combinations", which will have an impact on our accounting for future business combinations. The effect will be dependent upon acquisitions completed by us after August 31, 2009.

ITEM 1B—UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None

9


Table of Contents

ITEM 2—PROPERTIES

        We own and lease office and manufacturing properties as outlined in the table below.

Location
  Square
Feet
  Operating Segment   Owned/
Leased
  Principal Use

Bridgewater, MA

    5,200   Corporate     Owned   Corporate headquarters and executive office

Randolph, MA

   
77,500
 

Specialized Manufacturing

   

Owned

 

Manufacture of electrical protective coatings and tape products

Webster, MA

   
25,000
 

Specialized Manufacturing

   

Owned

 

Manufacture of tape and related products for the electronic and telecommunications industries, as well as laminated durable papers

Oxford, MA(a)

   
73,600
 

Specialized Manufacturing

   

Owned

 

Under renovation to provide capacity for storage needs and future growth

Paterson, NJ(b)

   
40,000
 

Specialized Manufacturing

   

Leased

 

Manufacture of tape and related products for the electronic and telecommunications industries

Taylorsville, NC

   
50,000
 

Specialized Manufacturing

   

Leased

 

Manufacture of flexible packaging for industrial and retail use

Taylorsville, NC

   
2,500
 

Specialized Manufacturing

   

Leased

 

Storage warehouse

Cranston, RI

   
500
 

Specialized Manufacturing

   

Leased

 

Sales office

Taunton, MA

   
5,200
 

Specialized Manufacturing

   

Leased

 

Research and development, and technical center

Pittsburgh, PA

   
44,000
 

Specialized Manufacturing

   

Owned

 

Manufacture and sale of protective coatings and tape products

O'Hara Township, PA

   
109,000
 

Specialized Manufacturing

   

Owned

 

Manufacture and sale of protective coatings, expansion joints and accessories

Evanston, IL(c)

   
100,000
 

Specialized Manufacturing

   

Leased

 

Manufacture and sale of protective coatings and tape products

Albany, NY

   
2,250
 

Specialized Manufacturing

   

Leased

 

Sales office

Camberley, Surrey, England

   
6,700
 

Specialized Manufacturing

   

Leased

 

Manufacture and sales of protective electronic coatings

Rye, East Sussex, England

   
36,600
 

Specialized Manufacturing

   

Owned

 

Manufacture and sales of protective coatings and tape products

Paris, France

   
1,350
 

Specialized Manufacturing

   

Leased

 

Sales/technical service office and warehouse allowing direct sales and service to the French market.

Winchester, MA

   
25,000
 

Electronic Manufacturing

   

Leased

 

Manufacturing and sales for the Electronic Manufacturing Services segment


(a)
In December 2008, we purchased real property (land and building) in Oxford, MA. We began initial renovations to this property during fiscal 2009 and plan to use it for storage in order to reduce off-site storage expenses as well as provide capacity for future growth. In FY2010, we will continue to evaluate this property in order to determine the best long term future use for this land and building.

(b)
In August 2009, we announced our intention to close our Paterson, NJ manufacturing facility effective December 31, 2009, and to transition production to other Chase manufacturing sites with similar capabilities.

(c)
In June 2009, we entered into a sale leaseback transaction whereby we sold our real property (land and building) located in Evanston, IL. We have agreed to provide financing to the purchaser, and the purchaser has agreed to lease the property back to us for a term of 49 months. The term coincides with the period over which the financing will be repaid to us.

        The above facilities range in age from new to about 100 years, are generally in good condition and, in the opinion of management, adequate and suitable for present operations. We also own equipment and machinery that is in good repair and, in the opinion of management, adequate and suitable for present operations. We could significantly add to our capacity by increasing shift operations. Availability of machine hours through additional shifts would provide expansion of current product volume without significant additional capital investment.

10


Table of Contents


ITEM 3—LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        We are one of over 100 defendants in a personal injury lawsuit, pending in Ohio, which alleges personal injury from exposure to asbestos contained in certain Chase products. The case is captioned Marie Lou Scott, Executrix of the Estate of James T. Scott v. A-Best Products, et al., No. 312901 in the Court of Common Pleas for Cuyahoga County, Ohio. The plaintiff in the case issued discovery requests to us in August 2005, to which we timely responded in September 2005. The trial had initially been scheduled to begin on April 30, 2007. However, that date had been postponed and no new trial date has been set. As of October 2009, there have been no new developments as this Ohio lawsuit has been inactive with respect to us.

        We were named as one of the defendants in a complaint filed on June 25, 2009, in a lawsuit captioned Lois Jansen, Individually and as Special Administrator of the Estate of Thomas Jansen v. Beazer East, Inc., et al., No: 09-CV-6248 in the Milwaukee County (Wisconsin) Circuit Court. The plaintiff alleges that her husband suffered and died from malignant mesothelioma resulting from exposure to asbestos in his workplace. The plaintiff has sued seven alleged manufacturers or distributors of asbestos-containing products, including Royston Laboratories (formerly an independent company and now a division of Chase Corporation). We have filed an answer to the claim denying the material allegations in the complaint. The parties are currently engaged in discovery.

        In addition to the matters described above, we are involved from time to time in litigation incidental to the conduct of our business. Although we do not expect that the outcome in any of these matters, individually or collectively, will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations, litigation is inherently unpredictable. Therefore, judgments could be rendered or settlements entered, that could adversely affect our operating results or cash flows in a particular period. We routinely assess all of our litigation and threatened litigation as to the probability of ultimately incurring a liability, and record our best estimate of the ultimate loss in situations where we assess the likelihood of loss as probable.

ITEM 4—SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

        There were no matters submitted to a vote of our security holders during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2009.

ITEM 4A—EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

        The following table sets forth information concerning our Executive Officers as of August 31, 2009. Each of our Executive Officers is selected by our Board of Directors and holds office until his successor is elected and qualified.

Name
  Age   Offices Held and Business Experience during the Past Five Years
Peter R. Chase     61   Chairman of the Board of the Company since February 2007, and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since September 1993.

Adam P. Chase

 

 

37

 

President of the Company since January 2008, Chief Operating Officer of the Company since February 2007, Vice President Operations February 2006 through February 2007, and Vice President Chase Coating & Laminating Division March 2003 through February 2007.

Kenneth L. Dumas

 

 

38

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company since February 2007, Director of Finance February 2006 through January 2007, and Corporate Controller January 2004 through January 2007.

Terry M. Jones

 

 

48

 

Vice President Corporate Development since December 2008, Chief Marketing Officer February 2007 through December 2008, Vice President Marketing and Business Development February 2006 through February 2007, and Vice President Specialty Coatings Division August 2002 through February 2007.

Gregory A. Pelagio

 

 

65

 

Vice President Engineering since September 2008, and Vice President and General Manager of Pittsburgh operations since January 1993.

11


Table of Contents


PART II

ITEM 5—MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

        Our common stock is traded on the NYSE Amex under the symbol CCF. As of October 31, 2009, there were 450 shareholders of record of our Common Stock and approximately 3,158 beneficial shareholders who held shares in nominee name. On that date, the closing price of our common stock was $12.00 per share as reported by the NYSE Amex.

        The following table sets forth the high and low daily sales prices for our common stock as reported by the NYSE Amex for each quarter in the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009 and 2008:

 
  Fiscal 2009   Fiscal 2008  
 
  High   Low   High   Low  

First Quarter

  $ 17.62   $ 9.45   $ 22.00   $ 16.75  

Second Quarter

    14.81     9.00     29.04     19.00  

Third Quarter

    13.50     7.00     24.95     16.05  

Fourth Quarter

    12.79     10.07     19.77     14.79  

        Single annual cash dividend payments were declared and paid subsequent to year end in the amounts of $0.20, $0.35, and $0.25 per common share, for the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Certain borrowing facilities of ours contain financial covenants which may have the effect of limiting the amount of dividends that we can pay.

Comparative Stock Performance

        The following line graph compares the yearly percentage change in our cumulative total shareholder return on the Common Stock for the last five fiscal years with the cumulative total return on the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index (the "S&P 500 Index"), and a composite peer index that is weighted by market equity capitalization (the "Peer Group Index"). The companies included in the Peer Group Index are American Biltrite Inc., Material Sciences Corporation, Intertape Polymer Group Inc., Quaker Chemical Corporation and Flamemaster Corp. Cumulative total returns are calculated assuming that $100 was invested on August 31, 2004 in each of the Common Stock, the S&P 500 Index and the Peer Group Index, and that all dividends were reinvested.

Comparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total Return
Assumes Initial Investment of $100 on August 31, 2004

         GRAPHIC

 
  2004   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009  

Chase Corp

  $ 100   $ 89   $ 106   $ 222   $ 225   $ 152  

S&P 500 Index

  $ 100   $ 113   $ 123   $ 141   $ 125   $ 102  

Peer Group Index

  $ 100   $ 92   $ 82   $ 70   $ 72   $ 43  

12


Table of Contents

ITEM 6—SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with "Item 7—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data".

 
  Fiscal Years Ended August 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  
 
  (In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Statement of Operations Data

                               
 

Revenues

  $ 107,606   $ 132,478   $ 127,460   $ 108,442   $ 91,389  
 

Net income

    6,385     12,374     10,193     6,114     4,788  
 

Net income per common share—basic

  $ 0.76   $ 1.50   $ 1.26   $ 0.79   $ 0.63  
 

Net income per common share—diluted

  $ 0.73   $ 1.43   $ 1.22   $ 0.77   $ 0.61  

Balance Sheet Data

                               
 

Total assets

  $ 91,066   $ 90,297   $ 83,965   $ 78,837   $ 63,927  
 

Long-term debt and capital leases

            3,823     10,288     9,569  
 

Total stockholders' equity

    70,213     66,186     56,212     46,074     38,840  
 

Cash dividends per common share(a)

  $ 0.20   $ 0.35   $ 0.25   $ 0.20   $ 0.175  

(a)
Single annual dividend payments declared and paid subsequent to fiscal year end.

Note: Information related to our acquisitions and dispositions can be found in the Recent Developments and Overview sections of "Item 7—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".

13


Table of Contents

ITEM 7—MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion provides an analysis of our financial condition and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Selected Relationships within the Consolidated Statements of Operations

 
  Years Ended August 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Revenues

  $ 107,606   $ 132,478   $ 127,460  

Net income

  $ 6,385   $ 12,374   $ 10,193  

Increase/(Decrease) in revenue from prior year

                   
 

Amount

  $ (24,872 ) $ 5,018   $ 19,018  
 

Percentage

    (19 )%   4 %   18 %

Increase/(Decrease) in net income from prior year

                   
 

Amount

  $ (5,989 ) $ 2,181   $ 4,079  
 

Percentage

    (48 )%   21 %   67 %

Percentage of revenue:

                   
 

Revenues

    100 %   100 %   100 %
 

Expenses:

                   
   

Cost of products and services sold

    70 %   68 %   69 %
   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    20     18     17  
   

Loss on impairment of assets

    1     0     1  
               
 

Income before income taxes

    9     14     13  
 

Income taxes

    3     5     5  
               
 

Net income

    6 %   9 %   8 %
               

Recent Developments

        On September 4, 2009, we acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of C.I.M. Industries Inc. ("C.I.M."), which is based in Peterborough, NH and has a manufacturing facility in Texas. C.I.M. is a specialized manufacturer of high performance coating and lining systems used worldwide in the liquid storage and containment industry. With a primary focus on the water and wastewater industry, C.I.M. has the preferred products that complement our product line of high performance tapes and coatings. In its most recently completed twelve month period ending August 31, 2009, C.I.M. revenues were approximately $9,790,000.

        The total purchase price, net of cash received, was $18,894,000, subject to certain adjustments relating to the closing date working capital. The purchase was funded through a combination of available cash on hand, a term loan in the amount of $10,000,000 from Bank of America, and a $3,000,000 note payable to C.I.M. shareholders. The net assets acquired by us include cash, inventories, trade receivables, property, plant & equipment, trade payables and certain other current assets and liabilities. The effective date for this acquisition was September 4, 2009. The results of this acquisition have been included in our financial statements since that date, and consequently are not reflected in our results of operations for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 or any prior period.

Overview

        Following a record year in 2008 for both sales and profits, we were faced with numerous challenges during the 2009 fiscal year as the global recession negatively impacted most of our core product offerings and led to sales and profits in the current fiscal year well below the levels observed in the prior year. The continued declines in two of the larger industries we service, the housing market and worldwide automotive sector, have caused us to reset our expectations and refocus our priorities. We emphasized our efforts to review and consolidate costs where possible, achieved production efficiencies via continuous improvement plans, and identify new business opportunities through sales, marketing and product development teams. Additionally, we are focused on continuing

14


Table of Contents


to support our long term consolidation plans, facility and process improvements and R&D for new and improved product offerings.

        Revenues from our Specialized Manufacturing segment were below those of the prior year primarily due to lower demand for pipeline and wire and cable products. Additionally, as previously mentioned, the downturn in the automotive and housing market has negatively impacted sales of our HumiSeal conformal coatings which is used to protect electronic circuitry in automobiles and home appliances. The financial results of our European operations were negatively impacted in fiscal 2009 by the weakened pound sterling whose value against the dollar decreased 11% from August 2008 to August 2009. While fiscal 2009 results were disappointing for this segment, some new business opportunities have been achieved to offset some of the automotive and housing loss, and we experienced increased activity in some sectors during the later stages of the fiscal year.

        The Chase Electronic Manufacturing Services segment also faced softness in some key market segments which led to decreased customer demand during fiscal 2009. Lower sales and profits in fiscal 2009 compared to the prior year period reflect the reduced order backlog experienced by this segment as many of our key customers continue to assess their inventory levels and their own customer demand. We continue to have strong relationships with our customers in this segment, even though overall volume is down from what was experienced in fiscal 2008.

        In the upcoming fiscal year, our key strategies will include continuous improvement, long term consolidation, product and market development and a targeted acquisition effort. We maintained strong positive cash flows throughout fiscal 2009 and ended the fiscal year with our healthiest balance sheet ever. Despite the uncertainty of the current economic climate, we will continue to focus on our long terms strategic goals. This was evidenced by our acquisition of C.I.M. in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. Additionally, we have recently announced the planned December 2009 closing of the Paterson, NJ plant whose manufacturing will be redistributed to other Chase facilities, and we will be starting up a new coatings plant in Pittsburgh during the same timeframe.

        The Company has two reportable segments summarized below:

Segment
  Product Lines   Manufacturing Focus and Products

Specialized Manufacturing

   

•        Wire and Cable

•        Electronic Coatings

•        Pipeline & Construction

•        Specialty Products

  Produces protective coatings and tape products including insulating and conducting materials for wire and cable manufacturers, protective coatings for pipeline applications, moisture protective coatings for electronics, high performance polymeric asphalt additives, and expansion and control joint systems for use in the transportation and architectural markets.

Electronic Manufacturing Services

   

•        Contract Electronic Manufacturing Services

 

Provides assembly and turnkey contract manufacturing services including printed circuit board and electromechanical assembly services to the electronics industry operating principally in the United States.

15


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Revenues and Operating Profit by Segment are as follows

 
  Revenues   Income Before
Income Taxes
  % of Revenues  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Fiscal 2009

                   

Specialized Manufacturing

  $ 91,236   $ 13,899 (a)   15 %

Electronic Manufacturing Services

    16,370     1,718     10  
                 

  $ 107,606     15,617     15  
                   
 

Less corporate and common costs

          (5,796 )(b)      
                   
   

Income before income taxes

        $ 9,821        
                   

Fiscal 2008

                   

Specialized Manufacturing

  $ 113,177   $ 22,434     20 %

Electronic Manufacturing Services

    19,301     2,138     11  
                 

  $ 132,478     24,572     19  
                   
 

Less corporate and common costs

          (5,288 )      
                   
   

Income before income taxes

        $ 19,284        
                   

Fiscal 2007

                   

Specialized Manufacturing

  $ 109,195   $ 20,094 (a)   18 %

Electronic Manufacturing Services

    18,265     2,040     11  
                 

  $ 127,460     22,134     17  
                   
 

Less corporate and common costs

          (5,955 )      
                   
   

Income before income taxes

        $ 16,179        
                   

(a)
Includes loss on impairment of goodwill of $237 in 2009 and $311 in 2007

(b)
Includes loss on impairment of assets of $262

Total Revenues

        Total revenues for fiscal 2009 decreased $24,872,000 or 19% to $107,606,000 from $132,478,000 in the prior year. Revenues in our Specialized Manufacturing segment decreased $21,941,000 or 19% to $91,236,000 for the year ended August 31, 2009 compared to $113,177,000 in fiscal 2008. The decrease in revenues from our Specialized Manufacturing segment in fiscal 2009 was primarily due to the following: (a) decreased sales of $6,263,000 in the Electronic Coatings product lines due to reduced demand in the electronic and automotive markets; (b) decreased sales of $7,546,000 in the Wire & Cable market primarily due to less demand in the energy and communications markets; (c) decreased sales of $2,392,000 in the Pipeline and Construction product lines; and (d) decreased sales of $5,014,000 in Specialty products.

        Revenues from our Electronic Manufacturing Services segment decreased $2,931,000 or 15% to $16,370,000 for the year ended August 31, 2009 compared to $19,301,000 for fiscal 2008. The reduced sales in fiscal 2009 is primarily a result of decreased customer orders and projects as many of our key customers continue to assess their inventory levels and closely monitor their own customers' demand during this economic downturn. The backlog for this segment as of August 31, 2009 was $6,500,000 compared to $8,500,000 at August 31, 2008.

        Royalties and commissions in the Specialized Manufacturing segment were $1,077,000, $1,775,000 and $1,792,000 for the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The decrease in royalties and commissions in fiscal 2009 from the prior two fiscal years was due to decreased sales of conformal coatings from our licensed manufacturer in Asia.

16


Table of Contents

        Export sales from domestic operations to unaffiliated third parties were $14,611,000, $15,818,000 and $14,126,000 for the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We anticipate future growth in our export sales due to the C.I.M. acquisition that was recently completed in September 2009.

        Total revenues for fiscal 2008 increased $5,018,000 or 4% to $132,478,000 from $127,460,000 in fiscal 2007. Revenues in our Specialized Manufacturing segment increased $3,982,000 or 4% to $113,177,000 for the year ended August 31, 2008 compared to $109,195,000 in fiscal 2007. The increase in revenues from this segment in fiscal 2008 was primarily due to increased sales related to the following: (a) the operations acquired by HumiSeal Europe SARL in March 2007 and Chase Protective Coatings Ltd. in September 2007 which combined accounted for the majority of the $5,546,000 increased revenue from European operations; (b) increased sales of $1,578,000 from the Pipeline product line; (c) increased sales of $1,616,000 from the Electronic Coatings product line; and (d) increased sales of $926,000 from a large, nonrecurring construction project that was completed in fiscal 2008 year. These increases were partially offset by the following: (a) decreased sales of $2,477,000 in the Wire & Cable market primarily due to decreased demand for building wire, insulation and identification tapes during fiscal 2008; (b) decreased sales of $1,549,000 in the Transportation and Packaging & Industrial product lines; and (c) decreased sales of $945,000 in the Construction product line primarily due to the reduction in Rosphalt 50® project sales which had experienced record levels in fiscal 2007.

        The Electronic Manufacturing Services segment achieved record revenues in fiscal 2008 which increased $1,036,000 or 6% to $19,301,000 compared to $18,265,000 in fiscal 2007. This was primarily due to increased order activity from existing customers as well as several new customers added during fiscal year 2008.

Cost of Products and Services Sold

        Cost of products and services sold decreased $13,938,000 or 16% to $75,742,000 for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 compared to $89,680,000 in fiscal 2008. As a percentage of revenues, cost of products and services sold increased to 70% in fiscal 2009 compared to 68% for fiscal 2008.

        The following table summarizes the relative percentages of costs of products and services sold to revenues for both of the Company's reporting segments:

 
  Fiscal Years Ended
August 31,
 
Cost of products and services sold
  2009   2008   2007  

Specialized Manufacturing

    68 %   65 %   67 %

Electronic Manufacturing Services

    82 %   82 %   82 %
 

Total

    70 %   68 %   69 %

        Cost of products and services sold in our Specialized Manufacturing segment were $62,261,000 for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 compared to $73,768,000 in fiscal 2008. As a percentage of revenues, cost of products and services sold in the Specialized Manufacturing segment increased due to decreased sales of our higher margin products and the resulting larger share of total sales that were made up of lower margin products, coupled with the impact of fixed manufacturing overhead costs on a lower revenue base. These increases were partially offset by the favorable impact of ongoing cost reduction efforts and continued focus on raw material costs through supply chain management. We continue to face challenges with margin pressures across many of our key product lines.

        Cost of products and services sold in our Electronic Manufacturing Services segment were $13,481,000 for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 compared to $15,912,000 in fiscal 2008. As a percentage of revenues, cost of products and services sold in the Electronic Manufacturing Services segment remained relatively flat as cost savings initiatives were able to offset our fixed costs on a lower revenue base and some increased costs related to facility and production improvements that were incurred earlier in the current fiscal year as a result of this segment's focus on generating new customer orders.

        In fiscal 2008, cost of products and services sold increased $1,790,000 or 2% to $89,680,000 compared to $87,890,000 in the prior fiscal year. As a percentage of revenues, cost of products and services sold decreased to 68% in fiscal 2008 compared to 69% for fiscal 2007. Cost of products and services sold in our Specialized Manufacturing segment were $73,768,000 for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 compared to $72,896,000 in fiscal 2007. The dollar value increase in cost of products and services sold in this segment during fiscal 2008 was primarily attributable to increased revenues offset by our emphasis on leveraging fixed costs and improving

17


Table of Contents


manufacturing efficiencies. The decrease in cost of products and services sold as a percentage of revenues in this segment during fiscal 2008 was a direct result of a favorable product mix coupled with continued focus and scrutiny on material purchases that helped stabilize margins on many of our key product lines.

        Cost of products and services sold in our Electronic Manufacturing Services segment were $15,912,000 for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 compared to $14,994,000 in fiscal 2007. As a percentage of revenues, cost of products and services sold in this segment remained flat in fiscal 2008 compared to 2007. This reflects increased manufacturing costs and competitive pricing pressures placed on this segment by many of its key customers in fiscal 2008, offset by our ability to leverage fixed overhead costs on a higher revenue base.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

        Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $1,966,000 or 8% to $21,985,000 during fiscal 2009 compared to $23,951,000 in fiscal 2008. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 20% in fiscal 2009 compared to 18% for fiscal 2008. The dollar decrease in fiscal 2009 relates primarily to our continued emphasis on controlling costs, including reduced annual incentive compensation, travel and external consulting costs. Additionally, lower revenues in fiscal 2009 compared to the prior year have led to decreased sales commissions and other selling related expenses.

        Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $1,530,000 or 7% to $23,951,000 during fiscal 2008 compared to $22,421,000 in fiscal 2007. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses remained flat at 18% for the years ended August 31, 2008 and 2007. The dollar increase in fiscal 2008 related primarily to increased employee head count due to acquisitions along with rising employee-related benefits, including health care costs, and increased stock based compensation costs of approximately $778,000 related to our long term incentive plan. The increases in fiscal 2008 were partially offset by a decrease of approximately $300,000 in costs related to professional services required for compliance with the internal control reporting requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act compared to fiscal 2007, which was our initial year of compliance.

        In fiscal 2009, we had recoveries of previously identified bad debt that exceeded additions to bad debt expense for the year, resulting in a net gain of $41,000. This gain of $41,000 in fiscal 2009 compared to bad debt expense of $53,000 and $268,000 in fiscal 2008 and 2007, respectively. The improvements in both fiscal 2009 and 2008 as compared to fiscal 2007 were the direct result of management's strict adherence to its established credit policies as well as closely monitoring the accounts receivable function and taking a proactive approach to the collections process.

Loss on Impairment of Goodwill

        In fiscal 2009, based on the decrease in sales activity in the current year and the completion of the fiscal 2010 budget, we determined that the carrying value of goodwill associated with our Northeast Quality Products ("NEQP") division may not be recoverable. Accordingly, we performed a goodwill impairment analysis. Based on the present value of future cash flows utilizing projected results for the balance of fiscal year 2009 and projections for future years based on the fiscal year 2010 budgeting process, the goodwill impairment analysis yielded results that would not support the current book value of the goodwill associated with this division. As a result, we concluded that the carrying amount of goodwill for the NEQP division was not fully recoverable and an impairment charge of $237,000 was recorded as of May 31, 2009. Goodwill related to NEQP, having a pre-impairment book value of $349,000, was written down to its fair value of $112,000 in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The NEQP division was sold on August 14, 2009, and the adjusted fair value of $112,000 was realized upon the sale.

Loss on Impairment of Fixed Assets

        In fiscal 2009, we recorded a $262,000 charge related to the impairment of real property (land and building) located in West Bridgewater, MA which was being leased to Sunburst Electronics Manufacturing Solutions, Inc. The real property, having a pre-impairment book value of $1,632,000, was written down to its fair value of $1,370,000, which was realized upon the June 24, 2009 sale of the property.

18


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

        Interest expense was $17,000 in fiscal 2009 compared to $40,000 and $900,000 in fiscal 2008 and 2007, respectively. The decrease in interest expense during the past two fiscal years is a direct result of a reduction in our overall debt balances through principal payments from operating cash flow. We anticipate an increase to interest expense in fiscal 2010 due to our $10 million term loan agreement and $3 million promissory notes related to the acquisition of C.I.M. in September 2009.

Other Income

        Other income decreased $19,000 to $458,000 in fiscal 2009 compared to $477,000 and $241,000 in fiscal 2008 and 2007, respectively. Other income includes bank interest and foreign exchange gains in Europe earned by our Humiseal Europe division and rental income of $149,000 on real property (building and land) that we owned and leased to Sunburst Electronic Manufacturing Solutions, Inc. (and subsequently sold in June 2009 as discussed previously). The increase in fiscal 2008 compared to 2007 consists primarily of bank interest and exchange gains earned by our HumiSeal Europe division.

Income Taxes

        The effective tax rate for fiscal 2009 was 34.9% compared to 35.8% and 37.0% in fiscal 2008 and 2007, respectively. In all three years, we have received the benefit of the domestic production deduction and foreign rate differential. The decrease in the effective tax rate in fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008 is primarily due to a more favorable effective state income tax rate in 2009. The effective tax rate of 35.8% for fiscal 2008 compares favorably to 2007 due to an increase in the applicable domestic production deduction for the year.

Net Income

        Net income in fiscal 2009 decreased $5,989,000 or 48% to $6,385,000 compared to $12,374,000 in fiscal 2008. The decrease in net income in the current year is a direct result of decreased revenue across all of our core product lines as discussed previously. Additionally, net income was negatively impacted in the current year by the impairment of our West Bridgewater, MA real property and the impairment of goodwill from NEQP.

        Net income in fiscal 2008 increased $2,181,000 or 21% to $12,374,000 compared to $10,193,000 in fiscal 2007. The increase in net income in 2008 was primarily due to increased revenue growth in our core product lines coupled with favorable product mix and our ability to leverage our fixed costs and properly manage increasing raw material costs. In fiscal 2007, net income was negatively impacted by higher expenses incurred related to our first year of compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the loss on impairment of goodwill from NEQP.

Liquidity and Sources of Capital

        Our overall cash balance increased $7,726,000 to $11,643,000 at August 31, 2009 from $3,917,000 at August 31, 2008. The increased cash balance at August 31, 2009 was a result of cash flow generated from operations during the year as well as the sale of the West Bridgewater property. We continue to review our current cash balances denominated in foreign currency in light of current tax guidelines and potential acquisitions. The higher cash balance of $3,917,000 at August 31, 2008 compared to $2,444,000 at August 31, 2007 was primarily the result of cash flow generated during the year, after a portion was used to repay all outstanding balances on our existing debt.

        Cash flow provided by operations was $16,907,000 for the year ended August 31, 2009 compared to $15,562,000 in fiscal 2008 and $14,498,000 in fiscal 2007. Cash provided by operations during fiscal 2009 was primarily due to operating income and decreased accounts receivable and inventory balances, offset by reduced accounts payable balances. Cash provided by operations during fiscal 2008 was primarily due to operating income and increased accounts payable and accrued expenses, offset by purchases of raw materials. Cash provided by operations during fiscal 2007 was primarily due to operating income and decreased inventory balances offset by increased accounts receivable balances.

19


Table of Contents

        The ratio of current assets to current liabilities was 3.2 as of August 31, 2009 compared to 2.3 as of August 31, 2008. The increase in our current ratio at August 31, 2009 was primarily attributable to increased cash and a decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities partially offset by decreases in accounts receivable and inventory.

        Cash flow used in investing activities was $5,234,000 for the year ended August 31, 2009 compared to $5,796,000 in fiscal 2008 and $7,542,000 in fiscal 2007. During fiscal 2009, cash flow used in investing activities was primarily due to $2,509,000 used to pay for the purchase of real property in Oxford, MA, $1,280,000 paid for purchases related to the build out of our manufacturing facility in Pittsburgh, PA, and purchases of machinery and equipment at our other manufacturing locations. During fiscal 2008, cash flow used in investing activities was primarily due to $1,490,000 paid for the assets acquired by Chase Protective Coatings Ltd., purchases related to the build out of our manufacturing facility in Pittsburgh of $934,000, contingent payments related to previous acquisitions of $1,041,000, and cash paid for purchases of machinery and equipment at our other manufacturing locations. During fiscal 2007, cash flow used in investing activities was primarily due to the acquisition of Capital Services, the acquisition of certain assets from Metronelec SARL, and cash paid for purchases of property, plant and equipment.

        Cash flow used in financing activities was $3,856,000 for the year ended August 31, 2009 compared to $7,909,000 in fiscal 2008 and $7,049,000 in fiscal 2007. During fiscal 2009, cash flow used in financing activities reflects the payment of the annual dividend and payments of statutory minimum taxes on restricted stock. During fiscal 2008, cash flow used in financing activities reflected the annual dividend payment and our ability to use excess cash generated from operating results to pay off existing long-term debt, including $4,033,000 to pay the total outstanding balances of the term notes used to finance our acquisitions of Concoat Holdings Limited (acquired in October 2005) and Capital Services of New York, Inc. (acquired in September 2006). During fiscal 2007, cash flow used in financing activities was primarily due to our ability to use excess cash generated from operating results to pay off existing long-term debt and the annual dividend payment, partially offset by the excess tax benefit from the exercise of employee stock options.

        On October 14, 2008, we announced a cash dividend of $0.35 per share (totaling $2,986,000) to shareholders of record on October 31, 2008 and payable on December 3, 2008.

        On October 15, 2009, we announced a cash dividend of $0.20 per share (totaling $1,759,000) to shareholders of record on October 31, 2009 and payable on December 3, 2009.

        We continue to have long-term unsecured credit available with Bank of America up to a maximum amount of $10 million at the bank's base lending rate or, at the option of the Company, at the effective 30-Day London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 1.25 percent. As of August 31, 2009 and October 31, 2009, the entire amount of $10 million was available for use under this credit facility. We plan to use this availability to help finance our cash needs, including acquisitions, in fiscal 2010 and future periods.

        Under the terms of our credit facility, we must comply with certain debt covenants related to (a) the ratio of total liabilities to tangible net worth and (b) the ratio of operating cash flow to debt service on a rolling twelve month basis. We were in compliance with our debt covenants as of August 31, 2009. The credit facility currently has a maturity date of March 31, 2011.

        We borrowed $10 million from Bank of America in September 2009 in order to fund our acquisition of C.I.M. This borrowing involved an unsecured, three year term note with interest and principal payments due monthly. Interest is calculated at the applicable LIBOR rate plus a margin of 1.75% per annum, with interest payments due on the last day of each month. At October 31, 2009, the applicable interest rate was 2.0% per annum. In addition to monthly interest payments, Chase Corporation will repay the principal in equal installments of $167,000 per month, beginning on September 30, 2009, and on the last day of each month thereafter, ending on August 31, 2012. In any event, on the last day of the Repayment Period, Chase will repay the remaining principal balance plus any interest then due. The loan is subject to the same debt covenants as our primary credit facility discussed above. Prepayment of the note is allowed at any time during the term of the loan.

        As part of the C.I.M. acquisition in September 2009, we delivered $3,000,000 in non-negotiable promissory notes (the "Notes") payable to five C.I.M. shareholders, who were the holders of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of C.I.M. as of the acquisition date. The principal of the Notes will be paid in three consecutive annual installments of $1,000,000 each, with the initial payment due on September 4, 2010. Interest on the unpaid principal balance of the Notes will accrue at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal rate,

20


Table of Contents


and will be paid annually with each principal payment. At October 31, 2009, the applicable interest rate was 0.75% per annum.

        In December 2008, we acquired real property (land and building) in Oxford, MA in order to reduce off-site storage expenses and provide capacity for future growth. Machinery and equipment will be added as needed to increase capacity or enhance operating efficiencies in our other manufacturing plants. Furthermore, we may consider the acquisition of companies or other assets in fiscal 2010 or future periods which are complementary to our business. We believe that our existing resources, including our primary credit facility, together with cash generated from operations and additional bank borrowings, will be sufficient to fund our cash flow requirements through at least the next twelve months. However, there can be no assurances that additional financing will be available at favorable terms, if at all.

        To the extent that interest rates increase in future periods, we will assess the impact of these higher interest rates on the financial and cash flow projections of our potential acquisitions.

        We have no significant off balance sheet arrangements.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations at August 31, 2009 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods.

Contractual Obligations
  Total   Payments Due
Less than 1 Year
  Payments Due
1 - 3 Years
  Payments Due
4 - 5 Years
  Payments
After 5 Years
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Operating leases

  $ 1,210   $ 374   $ 317   $ 140   $ 379  

Purchase Obligations

    2,181     2,181              

Other Long-Term Liabilities(1)

    11,077     932     1,590     6,194     2,361  
                       
 

Total (2)

  $ 14,468   $ 3,487   $ 1,907   $ 6,334   $ 2,740  
                       

(1)
Other Long-Term Liabilities represent the expected payments for our obligations for pension and other post-retirement benefits. See Note 9 "Benefits and Pension Plans" to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

(2)
We may be required to make payments related to our unrecognized tax benefits. However, due to the uncertainty of the timing of future cash flows associated with these unrecognized tax benefits, we are unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement, if any, with the respective taxing authorities. Accordingly, unrecognized tax benefits of $747,000 as of August 31, 2009 have been excluded from the contractual obligations table above. See Note 7 "Income Taxes" to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

        The table above does not include payment obligations under the $10 million borrowing from Bank of America that we used to finance the C.I.M. acquisition, or the related $3 million in promissory notes we issued in the same acquisition, because they were incurred after our fiscal year end. The payment terms of each of those obligations are described above under "Liquidity and Sources of Capital." We have no other outstanding long term indebtedness.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), "Business Combinations" ("FAS 141R"), which replaces FAS 141. FAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree; recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; expenses acquisition related costs as incurred; and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. We adopted FAS 141R as of September 4, 2009, with our acquisition of C.I.M. which will be accounted for under this standard.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, "The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities" ("FAS 159"). FAS 159 permits companies to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain

21


Table of Contents


other items at fair value. If the fair value option is elected, unrealized gains and losses will be recognized in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. We adopted FAS 159 as of September 1, 2008, and elected to not apply the provisions of FAS 159 to any of our eligible assets and liabilities. As such, the adoption of FAS 159 did not impact our consolidated financial position or results of operation. Any future transacted financial asset or liability will be evaluated for the fair value election as prescribed by FAS 159.

        In February 2008, the FASB issued SFAS 157-2, "Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157" ("FAS 157-2"), which provides a one-year deferral of the effective date of FAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed in the financial statements at fair value at least annually. The implementation of FAS 157 for financial assets and financial liabilities, effective September 1, 2008, did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. We are currently assessing the impact of FAS 157-2 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

        In December 2008, the FASB issued Financial Staff Position ("FSP") SFAS No. 132(R)-1, "Employers' Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets" ("FSP 132R-1"). FSP 132R-1 provides guidance on an employer's disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit plan or other post-retirement plan enabling users of the financial statements to assess the inputs and valuation techniques used to develop fair value measurements of plan assets at the annual reporting date. Disclosures shall provide users an understanding of significant concentrations of risk in plan assets. FSP 132R-1 shall be applied prospectively for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009, with early application permitted. We are currently assessing the impact FSP 132R-1 will have on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

        In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 165, "Subsequent Events" ("FAS 165"), which provides guidance to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. FAS 165 also requires entities to disclose the date through which subsequent events were evaluated as well as the rationale for why that date was selected. This disclosure should alert all users of financial statements that an entity has not evaluated subsequent events after that date in the set of financial statements being presented. FAS 165 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009 and is effective for us beginning with this reporting period. Accordingly, we have adopted this pronouncement, which did not have a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition. The disclosures required by FAS 165 have been made in Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report.

        In June 2009, the FASB approved the "FASB Accounting Standards Codification" (the "Codification") as the single source of authoritative nongovernmental U.S. GAAP to be launched on July 1, 2009. The Codification does not change current U.S. GAAP, but is intended to simplify user access to all authoritative U.S. GAAP by providing all the authoritative literature related to a particular topic in one place. All existing accounting standard documents will be superseded and all other accounting literature not included in the Codification will be considered nonauthoritative. The Codification is effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Codification is effective for us in the interim period ending November 30, 2009 and it will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments, and Estimates

        The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") requires companies to provide additional disclosure and commentary on their most critical accounting policies. The SEC has defined the most critical accounting policies as the ones that are most important to the portrayal of a company's financial condition and operating results, and requires management to make its most significant estimates and judgments in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements. Our critical accounting policies are described below.

Accounts Receivable

        We evaluate the collectability of accounts receivable balances based on a combination of factors. In cases where we are aware of circumstances that may impair a specific customer's ability to meet its financial obligations to us, a specific allowance against amounts due to us is recorded, and thereby reduces the net recognized receivable to the amount we reasonably believe will be collected. For all other customers, we recognize allowances for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due, industry and geographic concentrations, the current business environment and our historical experience. If the financial condition of our

22


Table of Contents


customers deteriorates or if economic conditions worsen, additional allowances may be required in the future, which could have an adverse impact on our future operating results.

Inventories

        We value inventory at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Management assesses the recoverability of inventory based on types and levels of inventory held, forecasted demand and changes in technology. These assessments require management judgments and estimates, and valuation adjustments for excess and obsolete inventory may be recorded based on these assessments. We estimate excess and obsolescence exposures based upon assumptions about future demand, product transitions, and market conditions and record reserves to reduce inventories to their estimated net realizable value. The failure to accurately forecast demand may lead to additional excess and obsolete inventory and future charges.

Goodwill, Intangible Assets, and Other Long-Lived Assets

        Long-lived assets consist of goodwill, identifiable intangible assets, trademarks, patents and agreements and property, plant, and equipment. Intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment, excluding goodwill, are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful life. We review long-lived assets and all intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Goodwill is also reviewed at least annually for impairment. Factors which we consider important and that could trigger an impairment review include significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results and significant negative industry or economic trends. We determine whether an impairment has occurred based on gross expected future cash flows and measure the amount of the impairment based on the related future discounted cash flows. The cash flow estimates used to determine impairment, if any, contain management's best estimates, using appropriate and customary assumptions and projections at the time. (See notes to consolidated financial statements.)

        The estimates of expected cash flows require us to make significant judgments regarding future periods that are subject to some factors outside of our control. Changes in these estimates can result in significant revisions to the carrying value of these assets and may result in material charges to the results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

        We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, performance of our obligation is complete, our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and we are reasonably assured of collecting. This is typically at the time of shipment. If a loss is anticipated on any contract, a provision for the entire loss is made immediately. Revenue recognition involves judgments and assessments of expected returns, and the likelihood of nonpayment due to insolvent customers. We analyze various factors, including a review of specific customer contracts and shipment terms, historical experience, creditworthiness of customers and current market and economic conditions in determining when to recognize revenue. Changes in judgments on these factors could impact the timing and amount of revenue recognized with a resulting impact on the timing and amount of associated income. Commissions are recognized when earned and payments are received from the manufacturers represented. Royalty revenue is recognized based on licensee production statements received from the authorized manufacturers. Billed shipping and handling fees are recorded as sales revenue with the associated costs recorded as costs of products and services sold.

Contingent Income Tax Liabilities

        We are subject to routine income tax audits that occur periodically in the normal course of business. Our contingent income tax liabilities are estimated based on the methodology prescribed in FASB Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes" ("FIN 48"), which was adopted as of the beginning of fiscal 2008. FIN 48 prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. Our liabilities related to uncertain tax positions require an assessment of the probability of the income-tax-related exposures and settlements and are influenced by our historical audit experiences with various state and federal taxing authorities as well as by current income tax trends. If circumstances change, we may be required to record adjustments that could be material to our reported financial condition and results of operations. See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report for more information on FIN 48.

23


Table of Contents

Deferred Income Taxes

        We evaluate the need for a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. We have considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. Should we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to income in the period such determination was made.

Pension Benefits

        We sponsor a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all employees of certain divisions of the Company. In calculating our retirement plan obligations and related expense, we make various assumptions and estimates. These assumptions include discount rates, benefits earned, expected return on plan assets, mortality rates, and other factors. While we believe that the assumptions used are appropriate, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions may affect our pension obligations and future expense.

        Effective December 1, 2008, the defined benefit pension plan was amended to include a soft freeze whereby any employee hired after the effective date of December 1, 2008 will not be admitted to the plan. The only exception relates to employees of the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers Union. All participants who were previously admitted to the plan prior to the December 1, 2008 soft freeze will continue to accrue benefits as detailed in the plan agreements.

        We account for our pension plan following the requirements of SFAS No. 158, "Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans" ("FAS 158"). FAS 158 requires an employer to: (a) recognize in its statement of financial position the funded status of a benefit plan; (b) measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the end of the employer's fiscal year (with limited exceptions); and (c) recognize as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise but are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit costs pursuant to prior existing guidance.

Impact of Inflation

        Inflation has not had a significant long-term impact on our earnings. In the event of significant inflation, our efforts to recover cost increases would be hampered as a result of the competitive nature of the industries in which we operate.

Forward-Looking Information

        From time to time, we may publish, verbally or in written form, forward-looking statements relating to such matters as anticipated financial performance, business prospects, technological developments, new products, acquisition or consolidation strategies, anticipated sources of capital, research and development activities and similar matters. In fact, this Form 10-K (or any other periodic reporting documents required by the 1934 Act) may contain forward-looking statements reflecting our current views concerning potential or anticipated future events or developments, including our strategic goals for future fiscal periods. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the "Act") provides a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements. We caution investors that any forward-looking statements made by us are not guarantees of future performance and that a variety of factors could cause our actual results and experience to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements. The risks and uncertainties which may affect the operations, performance, development and results of our business include, but are not limited to, the following: uncertainties relating to economic conditions; uncertainties relating to customer plans and commitments; the pricing and availability of equipment, materials and inventories; the impact of acquisitions on our business and results of operations; technological developments; performance issues with suppliers and subcontractors; our ability to renew existing credit facilities or to obtain new or additional financing as needed; economic growth; delays in testing of new products; rapid technology changes and the highly competitive environment in which we operate. These risks and uncertainties also include those risks outlined under Item 1A (Risk Factors) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date the statement was made.

24


Table of Contents


ITEM 7A—QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

        We limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer. At August 31, 2009, other than our restricted investments (which are restricted for use in a non-qualified retirement savings plan for certain key employees and members of the Board of Directors), all of our funds were either in demand deposit accounts or investment instruments that meet high credit quality standards such as money market funds, government securities, or commercial paper.

        Our domestic operations have limited currency exposure since substantially all transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars. However, our European operations are subject to currency exchange fluctuations. We continue to review our policies and procedures to reduce this exposure while maintaining the benefit from these operations and sales to other European customers. As of August 31, 2009, we had cash balances in the United Kingdom for our HumiSeal Europe Ltd and Chase Protective Coatings Ltd. divisions denominated primarily in pounds sterling and equal to US $2,984,000 and cash balances in France for our HumiSeal Europe SARL division denominated primarily in euros and equal to US $486,000. We will continue to review our current cash balances denominated in foreign currency in light of current tax guidelines and potential acquisitions.

        We incurred a foreign currency translation loss, net of tax for the year ended August 31, 2009 in the amount of $948,000 related to our European operations which is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) within our Statement of Stockholders' Equity. We do not have or utilize any derivative financial instruments.

25


Table of Contents

ITEM 8—FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

        The following Consolidated Financial Statements of Chase Corporation are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

        Index to Consolidated Financial Statements:

 
  Page No.  
   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

   
27
 
   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of August 31, 2009 and 2008

   
28
 
   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended August 31, 2009

   
29
 
   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended August 31, 2009

   
30
 
   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended August 31, 2009

   
31
 
   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   
32
 

26


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Chase Corporation:

        In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Chase Corporation and its subsidiaries at August 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Item 9A, "Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting." Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits (which were integrated audits in 2009 and 2008). We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

        As discussed in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for uncertain tax positions effective September 1, 2007.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, MA
November 13, 2009

27


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

 
  August 31,  
 
  2009   2008  

ASSETS

             

Current Assets:

             
 

Cash & cash equivalents

  $ 11,643   $ 3,917  
 

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $350 and $447

    14,536     18,969  
 

Inventories

    13,941     16,461  
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    607     767  
 

Deferred income taxes

    471     1,310  
           
   

Total current assets

    41,198     41,424  

Property, plant and equipment, net

    23,219     21,905  

Other Assets

             
 

Goodwill

    14,606     15,131  
 

Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization of $4,869 and $4,112

    4,497     5,875  
 

Cash surrender value of life insurance

    5,684     5,111  
 

Restricted investments

    573     825  
 

Deferred income taxes

    1,264      
 

Other assets

    25     26  
           

  $ 91,066   $ 90,297  
           

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Current Liabilities

             
 

Accounts payable

  $ 6,319   $ 7,695  
 

Accrued payroll and other compensation

    2,561     3,649  
 

Accrued stock based compensation

    302     1,676  
 

Accrued expenses

    2,555     3,744  
 

Accrued income taxes

    1,346     1,100  
           
   

Total current liabilities

    13,083     17,864  

Deferred compensation

    1,525     2,260  

Accumulated pension obligation

    5,690     3,351  

Other liabilities (Notes 8 and 15)

    555      

Deferred income taxes

        636  
           

Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 6, 8 and 19)

             

Stockholders' Equity

             
 

First Serial Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value: Authorized 100,000 shares; none issued Common stock, $.10 par value: Authorized 20,000,000 shares; 8,714,431 shares at August 31, 2009 and 8,396,162 shares at August 31, 2008 issued and outstanding

    871     839  
 

Additional paid-in capital

    7,489     4,277  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (3,563 )   (1,132 )
 

Retained earnings

    65,416     62,202  
           
   

Total stockholders' equity

    70,213     66,186  
           
   

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 91,066   $ 90,297  
           

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

28


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

 
  Years Ended August 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Revenues

                   
 

Sales

  $ 106,529   $ 130,703   $ 125,668  
 

Royalties and commissions

    1,077     1,775     1,792  
               

    107,606     132,478     127,460  
               

Costs and Expenses

                   
 

Cost of products and services sold

    75,742     89,680     87,890  
 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    21,985     23,951     22,421  
 

Loss on impairment of fixed assets

    262          
 

Loss on impairment of goodwill

    237         311  
               

Operating income

    9,380     18,847     16,838  
 

Interest expense

   
(17

)
 
(40

)
 
(900

)
 

Other income

    458     477     241  
               

Income before income taxes

    9,821     19,284     16,179  

Income taxes

   
3,436
   
6,910
   
5,986
 
               

Net income

  $ 6,385   $ 12,374   $ 10,193  
               

Net income per common and common equivalent shares

                   
 

Basic

  $ 0.76   $ 1.50   $ 1.26  
 

Diluted

  $ 0.73   $ 1.43   $ 1.22  

Weighted average shares outstanding

                   
 

Basic

    8,408,614     8,248,296     8,080,770  
 

Diluted

    8,754,436     8,646,545     8,354,375  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

29


Table of Contents

CHASE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

 
  Common Stock    
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (loss)
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
  Comprehensive
Income
 
 
  Shares   Amount  

Balance at August 31, 2006

    7,798,846   $ 780   $ 878   $ 894   $ 43,522   $ 46,074        
 

Exercise of stock options

    732,640     73     3,939                 4,012        
 

Common stock received for payment of stock option exercises

    (234,984 )   (23 )   (3,056 )               (3,079 )      
 

Common stock retained to pay statutory minimum withholding taxes on common stock

    (92,132 )   (9 )   (1,436 )               (1,445 )      
 

Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation

                2,242                 2,242        
 

Common stock grant pursuant to fully vested restricted stock units

    14,980     1     113                 114        
 

Cash dividend paid, $0.20 per share

                            (1,589 )   (1,589 )      
 

FAS 158 pension adjustment, net of tax of $633

                      (994 )         (994 ) $ (994 )
 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                      716           716     716  
 

Net unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax of $21

                      (32 )         (32 )   (32 )
 

Net income

                            10,193     10,193     10,193  
                                           
 

Comprehensive income

                                    $ 9,883  
                               

Balance at August 31, 2007

    8,219,350   $ 822   $ 2,680   $ 584   $ 52,126   $ 56,212        
                                 
 

Change in accounting for income tax uncertainties pursuant to adoption of FIN 48

                            (230 )   (230 )      
 

Restricted stock grants

    53,227     5     (5 )                      
 

Amortization of restricted stock grants

                341                 341        
 

Stock grants

    400           8                 8        
 

Exercise of stock options

    41,500     4     220                 224        
 

Common stock received for payment of stock option exercises

    (1,091 )       (21 )               (21 )      
 

Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation

                815                 815        
 

Common stock issuance pursuant to fully vested restricted stock units

    130,603     13     1,062                 1,075        
 

Common stock retained to pay statutory minimum withholding taxes on common stock

    (47,827 )   (5 )   (823 )               (828 )      
 

Cash dividend paid, $0.25 per share

                            (2,068 )   (2,068 )      
 

FAS 158 pension adjustment, net of tax of $171

                      (269 )         (269 ) $ (269 )
 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $164

                      (1,357 )         (1,357 )   (1,357 )
 

Net unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax of $57

                      (90 )         (90 )   (90 )
 

Net income

                            12,374     12,374     12,374  
                                           
 

Comprehensive income

                                    $ 10,658  
                               

Balance at August 31, 2008

    8,396,162   $ 839   $ 4,277   $ (1,132 ) $ 62,202   $ 66,186        
                                 
 

Change in accounting for split dollar life insurance arrangement pursuant to adoption of EITF 06-04 and 06-10 (Note 15)

                            (185 )   (185 )      
 

Reclass of previously accrued stock based compensation related to restricted stock and stock options from accrued liabilities to equity

                443                 443        
 

Restricted stock grants

    145,210     15     (15 )                      
 

Amortization of restricted stock grants

                1,133                 1,133        
 

Amortization of stock option grants

                249                 249        
 

Exercise of stock options

    3,000         16                 16        
 

Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation

                265                 265        
 

Common stock issuance pursuant to fully vested restricted stock units

    273,327     27     2,262                 2,289        
 

Common stock retained to pay statutory minimum withholding taxes on common stock

    (103,268 )   (10 )   (1,141 )               (1,151 )      
 

Cash dividend paid, $0.35 per share

                            (2,986 )   (2,986 )      
 

FAS 158 pension adjustment, net of tax of $920

                      (1,506 )         (1,506 ) $ (1,506 )
 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $414

                      (948 )         (948 )   (948 )
 

Net unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax of $14

                      23           23     23  
 

Net income

                            6,385     6,385     6,385  
                                           
 

Comprehensive income

                                    $ 3,954  
                               

Balance at August 31, 2009

    8,714,431   $ 871   $ 7,489   $ (3,563 ) $ 65,416   $ 70,213        
                                 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

30


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

Dollars in thousands

 
  Years Ended August 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

                   
 

Net income

  $ 6,385   $ 12,374   $ 10,193  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

                   
   

Loss on disposal/sale of assets

    1     4      
   

Loss on impairment of fixed assets

    262          
   

Loss on impairment of goodwill

    237         311  
   

Depreciation

    2,739     2,668     2,530  
   

Amortization

    921     1,145     971  
   

Provision for losses on trade receivables

    (41 )   53     268  
   

Stock based compensation

    2,210     2,078     1,301  
   

Realized loss (gain) on restricted investments

    211     (41 )   (227 )
   

Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation

    (265 )   (815 )   (2,243 )
   

Deferred taxes

    (853 )   (345 )   (1,502 )
   

Increase (decrease) from changes in assets and liabilities

                   
     

Accounts receivable

    4,201     (1,445 )   (1,876 )
     

Inventories

    2,334     (1,075 )   1,857  
     

Prepaid expenses & other assets

    143     (28 )   (95 )
     

Accounts payable

    (1,534 )   192     (977 )
     

Accrued expenses

    (561 )   1,661     1,873  
     

Accrued income taxes

    809     555     2,136  
     

Deferred compensation

    (292 )   (1,419 )   (22 )
               
       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    16,907     15,562     14,498  
               

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

                   
 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

    (5,641 )   (3,063 )   (3,698 )
 

Purchases of intangible assets

            (6 )
 

Contingent purchase price for acquisition

    (327 )   (1,041 )   (366 )
 

Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (335 )   (1,490 )   (3,308 )
 

Proceeds from sale of fixed assets

    1,378     17     3  
 

Proceeds from sale of NEQP business

    185          
 

Withdrawals from restricted investments, net of contributions

    78     255     342  
 

Distributions from cost based investment

    1     48     5  
 

Payments for cash surrender value life insurance, including valuation (increase)/decrease

    (573 )   (522 )   (514 )
               
       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (5,234 )   (5,796 )   (7,542 )
               

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

                   
 

Borrowings on long-term debt

    13,284     25,040     34,594  
 

Payments of principal on debt

    (13,284 )   (31,072 )   (41,785 )
 

Dividend paid

    (2,986 )   (2,068 )   (1,589 )
 

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

    16     203     933  
 

Payments of statutory minimum taxes on stock options and restricted stock

    (1,151 )   (827 )   (1,445 )
 

Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation

    265     815     2,243  
               
       

Net cash used in financing activities

    (3,856 )   (7,909 )   (7,049 )
               

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH

    7,817     1,857     (93 )

Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash

    (91 )   (384 )   121  

CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD

    3,917     2,444     2,416  
               

CASH, END OF PERIOD

  $ 11,643   $ 3,917   $ 2,444  
               

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

31


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        The principal accounting policies of Chase Corporation (the "Company") and its subsidiaries are as follows:

Products and Markets

        The Company's principal products are specialty tapes, laminates, sealants and coatings that are sold by Company salespeople, manufacturers' representatives and distributors. In the Company's Specialized Manufacturing segment, these products consist of:

    (i)
    insulating and conducting materials for the manufacture of electrical and telephone wire and cable, electrical splicing, and terminating and repair tapes, which are marketed to wire and cable manufacturers;

    (ii)
    protective pipe coating tapes and other protectants for valves, regulators, casings, joints, metals, concrete and wood, which are sold to oil companies, gas utilities and pipeline companies;

    (iii)
    protectants for highway bridge deck metal supported surfaces, which are sold to municipal transportation authorities;

    (iv)
    moisture protective coatings, which are sold to the electronics industry including circuitry used in automobiles and home appliances;

    (v)
    laminated durable papers, including laminated paper with an inner security barrier used in personal and mail-stream privacy protection, which are sold primarily to the envelope converting and commercial printing industries;

    (vi)
    flexible composites and laminates for the wire & cable, aerospace, packaging and industrial laminate markets, and

    (vii)
    expansion and control joint systems designed for roads, bridges, stadiums and airport runways.

        In addition, the Company's Electronic Manufacturing Services segment provides circuit board assembly and contract manufacturing services to electronic goods manufacturers.

Basis of Presentation

        The financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Investments in unconsolidated companies which are at least 20% owned are carried under the equity method since acquisition or investment. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company uses the U.S. dollar as the functional currency for financial reporting.

        Certain amounts reported in prior fiscal years have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current fiscal year. During fiscal 2009, the Company reclassified $443,263 of stock based compensation awards from accrued liabilities to stockholders' equity. The Company determined that this stock based compensation previously recorded in fiscal 2008 as a liability should be recorded in stockholder's equity due to the fact that these awards were going to be settled in equity shares. This reclassification entry had no impact on the statement of operations or cash flows.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

32


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of demand deposits accounts or investment instruments that meet high credit quality standards such as money market funds, government securities, or commercial paper. The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less from date of purchase to be cash equivalents. As of August 31, 2009, the Company had cash balances in the United Kingdom for its UK operations denominated primarily in pounds sterling and equal to US $2,984 and cash balances in France for its HumiSeal Europe SARL division denominated primarily in euros and equal to US $486.

Accounts Receivable

        The Company evaluates the collectibility of accounts receivable balances based on a combination of factors. In cases where the Company is aware of circumstances that may impair a specific customer's ability to meet its financial obligations to it, a specific allowance against amounts due to the Company is recorded, and thereby reduces the net recognized receivable to the amount the Company reasonably believes will be collected. For all other customers, the Company recognizes allowances for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due, industry and geographic concentrations, the current business environment and its historical experience. Receivables are written off against these reserves in the period they are determined to be uncollectible.

Inventories

        The Company values inventory at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Management assesses the recoverability of inventory based on types and levels of inventory held, forecasted demand and changes in technology. These assessments require management judgments and estimates, and valuation adjustments for excess and obsolete inventory may be recorded based on these assessments. The Company estimates excess and obsolescence exposures based upon assumptions about future demand, product transitions, and market conditions and records reserves to reduce inventories to their estimated net realizable value. The failure to accurately forecast demand may lead to additional excess and obsolete inventory and future charges.

Goodwill

        The Company accounts for goodwill in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." The Company evaluates the possible impairment of goodwill annually each fourth quarter, and whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of the goodwill may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates the potential impairment of goodwill by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, the Company measures the amount of such impairment by comparing the implied fair value of the goodwill to its carrying value.

Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets consist of patents, agreements, formulas, trade names, customer relationships and trademarks. The Company capitalizes costs related to patent applications and technology agreements. The costs of these assets are amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the useful life of the asset or its statutory life. Capitalized costs are periodically reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable.

Property, Plant and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the assets' estimated useful lives. Expenditures for maintenance repairs and minor renewals are charged to expense as incurred. Betterments and major renewals are capitalized. Upon retirement or other disposition of assets, related allowances for depreciation and amortization are eliminated from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is

33


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts


included in the determination of income or loss. The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment are as follows:

Buildings

  20 to 40 years

Machinery and equipment

  3 to 10 years

        Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the useful life or the term of the lease.

Restricted Investments and Deferred Compensation

        The Company has a non-qualified deferred savings plan which covers its Board of Directors and selected employees. Participants may elect to defer a portion of their compensation for payment in a future tax year. The plan is funded by trusteed assets that are restricted to the payment of deferred compensation or satisfaction of the Company's general creditors. The Company's restricted investments and corresponding deferred compensation liability under the plan were $573 and $825 at August 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Company accounts for the restricted investments as available for sale by recording unrealized gains or losses in other comprehensive income as a component of stockholders' equity.

Revenue Recognition

        The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, performance of its obligation is complete, its price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and the Company is reasonably assured of collecting. This is typically at the time of shipment. If a loss is anticipated on any contract, a provision for the entire loss is made immediately. Revenue recognition involves judgments and assessments of expected returns, and the likelihood of nonpayment due to insolvent customers. The Company analyzes various factors, including a review of specific customer contracts and shipment terms, historical experience, creditworthiness of customers and current market and economic conditions in determining when to recognize revenue. Changes in judgments on these factors could impact the timing and amount of revenue recognized with a resulting impact on the timing and amount of associated income.

        Commissions are recognized when earned and payments are received from the manufacturers represented. Royalty revenue is recognized based on licensee production statements received from the authorized manufacturers. Billed shipping and handling fees are recorded as sales revenue with the associated costs recorded as costs of products and services sold.

        The Company's warranty policy provides that the products (or materials) delivered will meet its standard specifications for the products or any other specifications as may be expressly agreed to at time of purchase. All warranty claims must be received within 90 days from the date of delivery, unless some other period has been expressly agreed to within the terms of the sales agreement. The Company's warranty costs have historically been insignificant. The Company records a current liability for estimated warranty claims with a corresponding debit to cost of products and services sold based upon current and historical experience and upon specific claims issues as they arise.

Research and Product Development Costs

        Research and product development costs are expensed as incurred and include primarily engineering salaries, overhead and materials used in connection with research and development projects. Research and development expense amounted to $1,632, $1,698 and $1,965 for the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Pension Plan

        The Company accounts for its pension plan following the requirements of SFAS No. 158, "Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans" ("SFAS No. 158"). SFAS No. 158 requires an employer to: (a) recognize in its statement of financial position the funded status of a benefit plan; (b) measure

34


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts


defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the end of the employer's fiscal year (with limited exceptions); and (c) recognize as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise but are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit costs pursuant to prior existing guidance.

Stock Based Compensation

        On September 1, 2005 the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), "Share-Based Payment," ("SFAS 123(R)") which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including employee stock options and employee stock purchases related to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("employee stock purchases") based on estimated fair values. In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 ("SAB 107") relating to SFAS 123(R). In December 2007, the SEC issued SAB 110 which allows the continued use of the simplified method as described in SAB 107, as the Company has concluded that its historical share option exercise experience does not provide a reasonable basis for estimating expected term. The Company has applied the provisions of SAB 107 and SAB 110 since its adoption of SFAS 123(R). The Company has calculated the historical windfall tax pool using the short cut method as described in SFAS 123(R).

        Stock-based compensation expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) for the fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $2,210, $2,078 and $1,301 respectively.

        The fair value of options granted was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for the years ending August 31, 2009 and 2008. There were no options granted during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2007.

 
  2009   2008  

Expected Dividend yield

    2.0 %   2.0 %

Expected life

    6.5 years     7.5 years  

Expected volatility

    34.0 %   28.0 %

Risk-free interest rate

    3.4 %   3.9 %

        Expected volatility is determined by looking at a combination of historical volatility over the past seven years as well as implied volatility going forward.

Translation of Foreign Currency

        The financial position and results of operations of the Company's HumiSeal Europe Ltd and Chase Protective Coatings divisions are measured using the UK pound sterling as the functional currency and the financial position and results of operations of the Company's HumiSeal Europe SARL division in France are measured using euros as the functional currency. Revenues and expenses of these divisions have been translated at average exchange rates. Assets and liabilities have been translated at the year-end exchange rates. Translation gains and losses are being deferred as a separate component of shareholders' equity.

Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, a deferred tax asset or liability is determined based upon the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates that will be in effect when these differences reverse. Tax credits are recorded as a reduction in income taxes. Valuation allowances are provided if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

        The Company estimates contingent income tax liabilities based on the methodology prescribed in Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes" ("FIN 48"). See Note 7 for more information on the Company's income taxes and FIN 48.

35


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

Net Income Per Share

        Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of common and diluted common equivalent shares outstanding during the period. Dilutive common equivalent shares consist of stock options and restricted stock units.

        Employee equity share options, nonvested shares, and similar equity instruments granted by the Company are treated as potential common shares outstanding in computing diluted earnings per share. Diluted shares outstanding include the dilutive effect of in-the-money options which is calculated based on the average share price for each fiscal period using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options, the amount of compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized, and the amount of tax benefits that would be recorded in additional paid-in capital when the award becomes deductible are assumed to be used to repurchase shares.

Comprehensive Income

        Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, including foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities and adjustments related to the FAS 158 pension liability.

Segments

        The Company operates in two business segments, a Specialized Manufacturing segment consisting of specialty tapes, laminates, sealants and coatings, and an Electronic Manufacturing Services segment. Specialized Manufacturing products include insulating and conducting materials for wire and cable manufacturers, protective coatings for pipeline applications, moisture protective coatings for electronics, high performance polymeric asphalt additives, and custom pressure sensitive labels. Electronic Manufacturing Services include printed circuit board and electromechanical assembly services for the electronics industry.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), "Business Combinations" ("FAS 141R"), which replaces FAS 141. FAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree; recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; expenses acquisition related costs as incurred; and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. The Company adopted FAS 141R as of September 4, 2009, with its acquisition of C.I.M. which will be accounted for under this standard.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, "The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities" ("FAS 159"). FAS 159 permits companies to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. If the fair value option is elected, unrealized gains and losses will be recognized in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. Upon adoption of FAS 159 as of September 1, 2008, the Company elected to not apply the provisions of FAS 159 to its eligible assets and liabilities. As such, the adoption of FAS 159 did not impact the Company's consolidated financial statements or results of operation. Any future transacted financial asset or liability will be evaluated for the fair value election as prescribed by FAS 159.

        In February 2008, the FASB issued SFAS 157-2, "Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157" ("FAS 157-2"), which provides a one-year deferral of the effective date of FAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed in the financial statements at fair value at least annually. The implementation of FAS 157 for financial assets and financial liabilities, effective September 1, 2008, did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position and results of operations. The Company is

36


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts


currently assessing the impact of FAS 157-2 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

        In December 2008, the FASB issued Financial Staff Position ("FSP") SFAS No. 132(R)-1, "Employers' Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets" ("FSP 132R-1"). FSP 132R-1 provides guidance on an employer's disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit plan or other post-retirement plan enabling users of the financial statements to assess the inputs and valuation techniques used to develop fair value measurements of plan assets at the annual reporting date. Disclosures shall provide users an understanding of significant concentrations of risk in plan assets. FSP 132R-1 shall be applied prospectively for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009, with early application permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact FSP 132R-1 will have on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

        In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 165, "Subsequent Events" ("FAS 165"), which provides guidance to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. FAS 165 also requires entities to disclose the date through which subsequent events were evaluated as well as the rationale for why that date was selected. This disclosure should alert all users of financial statements that an entity has not evaluated subsequent events after that date in the set of financial statements being presented. FAS 165 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009 and is effective for the Company beginning with this reporting period. Accordingly, the Company has adopted this pronouncement, which did not have a material impact on its results of operations or financial condition. See Note 22 for more information on the additional disclosures required for the Company's adoption of FAS 165.

        In June 2009, the FASB approved the "FASB Accounting Standards Codification" (the "Codification") as the single source of authoritative nongovernmental U.S. GAAP to be launched on July 1, 2009. The Codification does not change current U.S. GAAP, but is intended to simplify user access to all authoritative U.S. GAAP by providing all the authoritative literature related to a particular topic in one place. All existing accounting standard documents will be superseded and all other accounting literature not included in the Codification will be considered nonauthoritative. The Codification is effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Codification is effective for the Company in the interim period ending November 30, 2009 and the adoption will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Note 2—Inventories

        Inventories consist of the following as of August 31, 2009 and 2008:

 
  2009   2008  

Raw materials

  $ 7,973   $ 8,985  

Finished and in process

    5,968     7,476  
           

Total Inventories

  $ 13,941   $ 16,461  
           

37


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

Note 3—Property, Plant and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment consist of the following as of August 31, 2009 and 2008:

 
  2009   2008  

Property, Plant and Equipment

             
 

Land and improvements

  $ 2,898   $ 2,575  
 

Buildings

    8,815     8,063  
 

Machinery and equipment

    30,950     31,000  
 

Leasehold improvements

    1,779     1,857  
 

Construction in progress

    4,957     3,491  
           

    49,399     46,986  
 

Accumulated depreciation

    (26,180 )   (25,081 )
           
 

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $ 23,219   $ 21,905  
           

        The majority of construction in progress relates to the following on-going projects: (1) continued renovation of the facility in O'Hara Township, PA in order to increase production capacity and improve efficiencies for existing product lines as well as provide space to integrate future acquisitions, and (2) the building in Oxford, MA purchased in December 2008 that is currently being renovated to provide capacity for storage needs and future growth.

Note 4—Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        The changes in the carrying value of goodwill, by reportable segment, are as follows:

 
  Specialized Manufacturing   Electronic Manufacturing Services   Consolidated  

Balance at August 31, 2007

  $ 8,577   $ 5,999   $ 14,576  
 

Acquisition of E-poxy Engineered Materials—additional earnout

    383         383  
 

Acquisition of Paper Tyger—additional earnout

    480         480  
 

Acquisition of Metronelec assets—additional earnout

    184         184  
 

FX translation adjustment

    (492 )       (492 )
               

Balance at August 31, 2008

  $ 9,132   $ 5,999   $ 15,131  
 

Acquisition of Capital Services—working capital adjustment

    32         32  
 

Acquisition of Paper Tyger—additional earnout

    65         65  
 

Acquisition of Metronelec assets—additional earnout

    112         112  
 

Acquisition of E-poxy Engineered Materials—additional earnout

    150         150  
 

Loss on impairment of NEQP

    (237 )       (237 )
 

Sale of NEQP business—remaining goodwill

    (112 )       (112 )
 

FX translation adjustment

    (535 )       (535 )
               

Balance at August 31, 2009

  $ 8,607   $ 5,999   $ 14,606  
               

        The Company evaluates the possible impairment of goodwill annually each fourth quarter and whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable.

38


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

        In the quarter ended May 31, 2009, based on the decrease in sales activity in the current year and the completion of the fiscal 2010 budget, management determined that the carrying value of goodwill associated with the Company's Northeast Quality Products (NEQP) division may not be recoverable. Accordingly, the Company performed a goodwill impairment analysis. Based on the present value of future cash flows utilizing projected results for the balance of fiscal year 2009 and projections for future years based on the fiscal 2010 budgeting process, the goodwill impairment analysis yielded results that would not support the current book value of the goodwill associated with this division. As a result, the Company concluded the carrying amount of goodwill for the NEQP division was not fully recoverable and an impairment charge of $237 was recorded as of May 31, 2009. Goodwill related to NEQP, having a pre-impairment book value of $349, was written down to its fair value of $112 in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The NEQP division was sold on August 14, 2009, and the adjusted fair value of $112 was realized upon the sale.

        As of August 31, 2009, the Company had a total goodwill balance of $14,606 related to its acquisitions, of which $8,671 is deductible for income taxes.

        Intangible assets subject to amortization consist of the following as of August 31, 2009 and 2008:

 
  Weighted-Average
Amortization Period
  Gross Carrying
Value
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Value
 

August 31, 2009

                       
 

Patents and agreements

  12.6 years   $ 2,258   $ 2,059   $ 199  
 

Formulas

  9.3 years     1,191     552     639  
 

Trade names

  3.8 years     277     255     22  
 

Customer lists and relationships

  10.4 years     5,640     2,003     3,637  
                   

      $ 9,366   $ 4,869   $ 4,497  
                   

August 31, 2008

                       
 

Patents and agreements

  12.5 years   $ 2,293   $ 1,894   $ 399  
 

Formulas

  9.2 years     1,261     431     830  
 

Trade names

  3.8 years     281     204     77  
 

Customer lists and relationships

  10.4 years     6,152     1,583     4,569  
                   

      $ 9,987   $ 4,112   $ 5,875  
                   

        Aggregate amortization expense related to intangible assets for the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $921, $1,145 and $971, respectively. As of August 31, 2009 estimated amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows:

Years ending August 31,
   
 

2010

  $ 915  

2011

    776  

2012

    755  

2013

    638  

2014

    582  
       

  $ 3,666  
       

Note 5—Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance

        Life insurance is provided under split dollar life insurance agreements whereby the Company will recover the premiums paid from the proceeds of the policies. The Company recognizes an offset to expense for the growth in the cash surrender value of the policies.

39


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

        The Company recognizes cash surrender value of life insurance policies, net of loans of $5 at August 31, 2009 and 2008, secured by the policies, with the following carriers as of August 31, 2009 and 2008.

 
  2009   2008  

John Hancock

  $ 3,053   $ 2,612  

Manufacturers' Life Insurance Company

    872     817  

Metropolitan Life Insurance

    1,679     1,602  

Other life insurance carriers

    80     80  
           

  $ 5,684   $ 5,111  
           

        Subject to periodic review, the Company intends to maintain these policies through the lives or retirement of the insureds.

Note 6—Long-Term Debt and Notes Payable to Bank

        The Company has a long-term unsecured revolving credit facility available up to a maximum amount of $10 million at the bank's base lending rate or, at the option of the Company, at the effective 30-Day London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 1.25 percent. This facility has a maturity date of March 31, 2011. As of August 31, 2009 and 2008, the entire amount of $10 million was available for use. Any future outstanding balance on this long-term unsecured credit facility will be included in scheduled principal payments at its maturity.

        Under the terms of the Company's credit facility agreement, the Company must comply with certain debt covenants related to (a) the ratio of total liabilities to tangible net worth and (b) the ratio of operating cash flow to debt service on a rolling twelve month basis. The Company was in compliance with its debt covenants as of August 31, 2009 and 2008.

Note 7—Income Taxes

        The provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to income before income taxes. The Company's combined federal, state and foreign effective tax rates for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, net of offsets generated by federal, state and foreign tax benefits, were approximately 34.9%, 35.8% and 37.0%, respectively. A rate reconciliation displaying the sources and tax effects of the differences, for the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

 
  Year Ended August 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Federal statutory rates

    35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %
               

Adjustment resulting from the tax effect of:

                   
 

State and local taxes, net of federal benefit

    2.6 %   3.2 %   3.2 %
 

Domestic production deduction

    (1.1 )%   (1.5 )%   (0.6 )%
 

Foreign tax rate differential

    (1.4 )%   (0.9 )%   (0.8 )%
 

Adjustment to tax reserve

    (0.1 )%   0.6 %    
 

Change in foreign tax rate

        (0.5% )    
 

Research credit generated

    (0.5 )%   (0.1 )%   (0.3 )%
 

Other

    0.4 %       0.5 %
               
 

Effective income tax rate

    34.9 %   35.8 %   37.0 %
               

40


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

        The following table summarizes the tax effect of temporary differences on the Company's income tax provision:

 
  Year Ended August 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Current income tax provision

  $ 3,046   $ 7,280   $ 6,738  
               

Deferred provision (benefit):

                   
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    35     59     (18 )
 

Inventories

    28     50     41  
 

Pension expense

    33     (9 )   (18 )
 

Deferred compensation

    78     177     34  
 

Accruals

    34     (13 )   (141 )
 

Warranty reserve

    68     (12 )   (96 )
 

Depreciation and amortization

    (546 )   102     (9 )
 

Restricted stock grant

    32     (371 )   (403 )
 

Capital loss carryforwards

    651          
 

Unrepatriated earnings

    902     1,629     273  
 

Foreign tax credits

    (742 )   (1,683 )   (266 )
 

Foreign intangibles

    (131 )   (167 )   (176 )
 

Other

    (52 )   (132 )   27  
               

Total deferred income tax provision (benefit)

    390     (370 )   (752 )
               

Total income tax provision

  $ 3,436   $ 6,910   $ 5,986  
               

41


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

        The following table summarizes the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities:

 
  As of August 31,  
 
  2009   2008  

Current:

             
 

Deferred tax assets:

             
   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 120   $ 159  
   

Inventories

    294     330  
   

Accruals

    92     238  
   

Warranty reserve

    37      
   

Capital loss carryforwards

        651  
           
 

Current deferred tax assets

    543     1,378  
           
 

Deferred tax liabilities:

             
   

Prepaid liabilities

    (72 )   (68 )
           
 

Current deferred tax liabilities

    (72 )   (68 )
           
 

Current deferred tax assets, net

    471     1,310  
           

Noncurrent:

             
 

Deferred tax assets:

             
   

Pension accrual

    2,159     1,304  
   

Deferred compensation

    635     731  
   

Unrealized gain/loss on restricted investments

    43     59  
   

Restricted stock grants

    782     857  
   

Non qualified stock options

    16     16  
   

Foreign tax credits

    3,268     2,526  
   

Foreign other

    173     153  
           
 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets

    7,076     5,646  
           
 

Deferred tax liabilities:

             
   

Unrepatriated earnings

    (2,905 )   (2,515 )
   

Foreign intangibles

    (776 )   (1,021 )
   

Depreciation and amortization

    (2,131 )   (2,746 )
           
 

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

    (5,812 )   (6,282 )
           
 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities), net

    1,264     (636 )
           

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 1,735   $ 674  
           

        The Company entered into a sales-leaseback transaction with certain appreciated property located in Evanston, Illinois, triggering a capital gain for tax purposes in fiscal 2009. All of the capital loss carryovers generated in prior years were utilized as a result of this transaction.

        Effective September 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109" ("FIN 48"). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements by prescribing a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.

42


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

        A summary of the Company's adjustments to its uncertain tax positions in fiscal years ended August 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 
  2009   2008  

Balance, at beginning of year

  $ 752   $ 639  
 

Increase for tax positions related to the current year

    91     73  
 

Increase / (decrease) for tax positions related to prior years

    (96 )   40  
 

Decreases for settlements with applicable taxing authorities

         
 

Decreases for lapses of statute of limitations

         
           

Balance, at end of year

  $ 747   $ 752  
           

        The unrecognized tax benefits mentioned above include an aggregate of $319 of accrued interest and penalty balances related to uncertain tax positions. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Total interest and penalty charges of approximately $66 were recorded to income during the current fiscal year. The Company anticipates that its reserve for uncertain tax positions may be reduced over the next twelve month period, to the extent it settles any potential disputed items with the appropriate taxing authorities.

        The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as to income tax of multiple state and foreign tax jurisdictions. The statute of limitations for all material federal, state, and local tax filings remains open for fiscal years subsequent to 2005. All fiscal years in foreign jurisdictions currently remain open, as the company's international operations did not commence until fiscal 2006.

Note 8—Operating Leases

        The following is a schedule for the next five years of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancellable lease terms in excess of one year as of August 31, 2009:

Year ending August 31,
  Future Minimum
Lease Payments
 

2010

  $ 374  

2011

    166  

2012

    151  

2013

    88  

2014

    52  

2015 and thereafter

    379  
       

Total future minimum lease payments

  $ 1,210  
       

        Total rental expense for all operating leases amounted to $889, $943 and $965 for the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

        In June 2009, the Company entered into a sale leaseback transaction pursuant to the sale of its real property (land and building) located in Evanston, IL. As part of this transaction, the Company has agreed to provide financing to the purchaser, whereby the interest due on the financing is equal to the rental payments over the life of the lease. The Company received a $400 deposit at the closing and the remainder of the $4,250 sales price will be due at various dates over the term of the 49 month lease, of which $3,400 is due at the end of the lease term in July 2013. Accordingly, future rental payments on this property are not included in the schedule above. The Company is deferring the gain on this transaction until the end of the lease term and has recorded the $400k deposit as a non current liability as of August 31, 2009.

43


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

Note 9—Benefits and Pension Plans

401(k) Plan

        The Company has a defined contribution plan adopted pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Any qualified employee who has attained age 21 and has been employed by the Company for at least six months may contribute a portion of his or her salary to the plan and the Company will match 100% of the first percent of salary and 50% of the 2 nd —6 th  percent of such contribution up to an amount equal to three and one half percent of such employee's annual salary. The Company's contribution expense was $304, $264 and $256 for the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Non-Qualified Deferred Savings Plan

        The Company has a non-qualified deferred savings plan covering the Board of Directors and a separate plan covering selected employees. Participants may elect to defer a portion of their compensation for future payment. The plans are funded by trusteed assets that are restricted to the payment of deferred compensation or satisfaction of the Company's general creditors. The Company's liability under the plan was $573 and $825 at August 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Pension Plans

        The Company has non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering employees of certain divisions of the Company. The Company has a funded, qualified plan and an unfunded supplemental plan designed to maintain benefits for certain employees at the plan formula level. The plans provide for pension benefits determined by a participant's years of service and final average compensation. The qualified plan assets consist of separate pooled investment accounts with a trust company. The measurement date for the plans is August 31, 2009.

        Effective December 1, 2008, there was a soft freeze in the plans whereby no new employees hired will be admitted to the plans, with the exception of the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers Union. All participants admitted to the plans prior to the December 1, 2008 freeze will continue to accrue benefits as detailed in the plan agreements.

        The following tables reflect the status of the Company's pension plans for the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:

 
  Year Ended August 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Change in benefit obligation

                   
 

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $ 8,800   $ 8,172   $ 8,466  
 

Service cost

    432     416     417  
 

Interest cost

    547     512     474  
 

Amendments

        85      
 

Actuarial (gain) loss

    1,434     (323 )   173  
 

Settlements

            (1,352 )
 

Benefits paid

    (28 )   (62 )   (6 )
               
 

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

  $ 11,185   $ 8,800   $ 8,172  
               

44


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

 
  Year Ended August 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Change in plan assets

                   
 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

  $ 5,449   $ 4,900   $ 5,324  
 

Actual return on plan assets

    (706 )   (389 )   484  
 

Employer contribution

    780     1,000     450  
 

Settlements

            (1,352 )
 

Benefits paid

    (28 )   (62 )   (6 )
               
 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

  $ 5,495   $ 5,449   $ 4,900  
               
 

Funded status at end of year

  $ (5,690 ) $ (3,351 ) $ (3,272 )

Amounts recognized in consolidated balance sheets

                   
 

Non-current assets

  $   $   $  
 

Current liabilities

             
 

Non-current liabilities

    (5,690 )   (3,351 )   (3,272 )
               
 

Net amount recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheets

  $ (5,690 ) $ (3,351 ) $ (3,272 )
               

Actuarial present value of benefit obligation and funded status

                   
 

Accumulated benefit obligations

  $ 9,646   $ 7,603   $ 6,712  
 

Projected benefit obligations

  $ 11,185   $ 8,800   $ 8,172  
 

Plan assets at fair value

  $ 5,495   $ 5,449   $ 4,900  

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive Income

                   
 

Prior service cost

  $ 315   $ 407   $ 410  
 

Net actuarial loss

    4,177     1,659     1,216  
               
 

Adjustment to pre-tax accumulated other comprehensive income

  $ 4,492   $ 2,066   $ 1,626  
               

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income

                   
 

Net (gain) or loss

  $ 2,572   $ 484     N/A (1)
 

Amortization of loss

    (54 )   (41 )   N/A (1)
 

Prior service cost

        85     N/A (1)
 

Amortization of prior service cost

    (92 )   (88 )   N/A (1)
               
 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

    2,426     440     N/A (1)
 

Net periodic pension cost

    693     639     N/A (1)
               
 

Total recognized in net periodic pension cost and other comprehensive income

  $ 3,119   $ 1,079     N/A (1)
               

Estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated comprehensive income over the next fiscal year

                   
 

Prior service cost

  $ 86   $ 92   $ 88  
 

Net actuarial loss or (gain)

    212     54     41  

(1)
These disclosures are required by and the underlying amounts have been measured in accordance with SFAS No. 158, which the Company adopted on August 31, 2007. The disclosures after adoption are not applicable for periods preceding the adoption of this pronouncement.

        Prior service cost arose from the amendment of the plan's benefit schedules to comply with the Tax Reform Act of 1986 (TRA) and adoption of the unfunded supplemental pension plan.

45


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

        Components of net periodic pension cost for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 included the following:

 
  Year Ended August 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Components of net periodic benefit cost

                   
 

Service cost

  $ 432   $ 416   $ 417  
 

Interest cost

    547     512     474  
 

Expected return on plan assets

    (432 )   (418 )   (409 )
 

Amortization of prior service cost

    92     88     88  
 

Recognized net (gain)/loss

    54     41     49  
 

Settlement (gain)/loss

            264  
               
 

Net periodic benefit cost

  $ 693   $ 639   $ 883  
               

        Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of August 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 
  2009   2008  

Discount rate

             
 

Qualified plan

    5.29 %   6.66 %
 

Supplemental plan

    3.38 %   5.72 %

Rate of compensation increase

             
 

Qualified and supplemental plan

    3.50 %   3.50 %

        Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Discount rate

                   
 

Qualified plan

    6.66 %   6.25 %   6.00 %
 

Supplemental plan

    5.72 %   6.25 %   6.00 %

Expected long-term return on plan assets

                   
 

Qualified plan

    8.00 %   8.50 %   8.50 %
 

Supplemental plan

    0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %

Rate of compensation increase

                   
 

Qualified and supplemental plan

    3.50 %   3.50 %   3.50 %

        It is the Company's policy to evaluate, on an annual basis, the discount rate used to determine the projected benefit obligation to approximate rates on high-quality, long-term obligations. The Moody's Corporate Aa Bond index has generally been used as a benchmark for this purpose, with adjustments made if the duration of the index differed from that of the plan. Commencing with the August 31, 2008 disclosure, the discount rate was determined by matching the expected payouts from the respective plans to the spot rates inherent in the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve. A single rate was developed, that when applied to the expected cash flows, results in the same present value as determined using the various spot rates. The Company believes that this approach will produce a better approximation of the plan liability.

        The Company estimates that each 100 basis point reduction in the discount rate would result in additional net periodic pension cost, the Company's primary pension obligation, of approximately $18 for the qualified plan and $10 for the supplemental plan. The expected return on plan assets is derived from a periodic study of long-term historical rates of return on the various asset classes included in the Company's targeted pension plan asset allocation. The Company estimates that each 100 basis point reduction in the expected return on plan assets would result in additional net periodic pension cost of approximately $54 for the qualified plan. No rate of return is

46


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts


assumed for the nonqualified plan since that plan is currently not funded. The rate of compensation increase is also evaluated and is adjusted by the Company, if necessary, periodically.

Plan Assets

        The qualified plan maintained for the employees of Chase Corporation has the following target allocation and weighted-average asset allocations as of August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:

 
   
  Percentage of Plan Assets as of August 31,  
 
  Target Allocation  
Asset Category
  2009   2008   2007  

Equity securities

    60 %   56 %   57 %   57 %

Debt securities

    30 %   34 %   29 %   30 %

Real estate

    10 %   6 %   9 %   9 %

Other

    0 %   4 %   5 %   4 %
                   

Total

    100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
                   

        The investment policy for the Pension Plan for Employees of Chase Corporation is based on ERISA standards for prudent investing. The goal is to maximize returns while limiting volatility. The Plan assets are invested in a diversified mix of United States equity and fixed income securities. Asset manager performance is reviewed at least annually and benchmarked against the peer universe for the given investment style. The Company's expected return for the Pension Plan is 8.0%. To determine the expected long-term rate of return on the assets for the Pension Plan, the Company considered the historical and expected return on the plan assets, as well as the current and expected allocation of the plan assets.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

        The following pension benefit payments (which include expected future service) are expected to be paid in each of the following fiscal years:

Year ending August 31,
  Pension
Benefits
 

2010

  $ 932  

2011

    592  

2012

    998  

2013

    5,914  

2014

    280  

2015-2019

  $ 2,361  

        The Company contributed $780, $1,000 and $450 to fund its obligations under the pension plan for the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company plans to make any necessary contributions during the upcoming fiscal 2010 year to ensure the qualified plan continues to be adequately funded given the current market conditions.

Note 10—Stockholders' Equity

        At the Company's annual meeting of shareholders held in January 2008, an amendment to the Articles of Organization was approved to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock, $0.10 par value, from 10,000,000 to 20,000,000.

47


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

2005 Incentive Plan

        In November 2005, the Company adopted and the stockholders subsequently approved, the 2005 Incentive Plan (the "2005 Plan"). The 2005 Plan permits the grant of restricted stock, stock options, deferred stock, stock payments or other awards to employees, participating officers, directors, consultants and advisors that are linked directly to increases in shareholder value. The aggregate number of shares available under the 2005 Plan is 1,000,000. Additional shares may become available in connection with share splits, share dividends or similar transactions.

2001 Senior Management Stock Plan and 2001 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan

        In October 2002, the Company adopted, and the stockholders subsequently approved, the 2001 Senior Management Stock Plan and the 2001 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (the "2001 Plans"). The 2001 Plans reserved 1,500,000 and 180,000 shares of the Company's common stock for grants related to the Senior Management Stock Plan and Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, respectively.

        Under the terms of the Senior Management Stock Plan, equity awards may be granted in the form of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options and restricted stock. Options granted under the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan will be issued as non-qualified stock options. Options granted under the 2001 Plans generally vest over a period ranging from three to five years and expire after ten years.

Restricted Stock & Restricted Stock Units

Employees and Executive Management

        In February 2006, the Board of Directors of Chase Corporation approved a performance and service based restricted stock unit grant of 82,634 shares to key members of management subject to the fiscal year 2006 results. Based on the fiscal year 2006 financial results, 41,318 additional restricted stock units (for a total of 123,952 restricted stock units) were earned and granted subsequent to the end of fiscal year 2006 in accordance with the performance measurement criteria. These restricted stock units vested and were issued in the form of common stock on August 31, 2008. Compensation expense was recognized over the vesting period on a ratable basis.

        In February 2006, the Board of Directors of Chase Corporation also approved a plan for issuing a performance and service based restricted stock unit grant of approximately 88,630 shares to key members of management with an issue date of September 1, 2006 and a vesting date of August 31, 2009. Based on the fiscal year 2007 financial results, 184,697 additional restricted stock units (total of 273,327 restricted stock units) were earned and granted subsequent to the end of fiscal year 2007 in accordance with the performance measurement criteria. These restricted stock units vested and were issued in the form of common stock on August 31, 2009. Compensation expense was recognized over the vesting period on a ratable basis.

        In May 2007, pursuant to authorization by the Board of Directors, the Company's Chief Executive Officer granted a total of 17,600 restricted stock units to approximately 40 non executive officer employees of the Company for service for the period May 2007 through May 2010. The Company is amortizing this expense ratably over this three year service period. Subject to the terms of the restricted stock unit agreements, these restricted stock units will be issued in the form of common stock at the conclusion of this service period.

        In August 2007, the Board of Directors of Chase Corporation approved a plan for issuing a performance and service based restricted stock grant of 48,600 shares to key members of management with an issue date of September 1, 2007 and a vesting date of August 31, 2010. Based on the fiscal year 2008 financial results, 82,214 additional shares of restricted stock (total of 130,814 shares) were earned and granted subsequent to the end of fiscal year 2008 in accordance with the performance measurement criteria. No further performance-based measurements apply to this award. Compensation expense is being recognized on a ratable basis over the vesting period.

48


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

        In August 2008, the Board of Directors of Chase Corporation approved a plan for issuing a performance and service based restricted stock grant of 50,657 shares to key members of management with an issue date of September 1, 2008 and a vesting date of August 31, 2011. These shares are subject to a performance measurement based upon the results of fiscal year 2009 which will determine the final calculation of the number of shares that will be issued (which may be greater than or less than 50,657 shares), subject to final approval from the Compensation Committee. Compensation expense is being recognized on a ratable basis over the vesting period based on quarterly probability assessments.

Non-Employee Board of Directors

        As part of their annual retainer, non-employee members of the Board of Directors received $15 of Chase Corporation common stock, in the form of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units valued at the closing price of the day preceding the first day of the new year of Board service which generally coincides with the Company's annual shareholder meeting. The stock awards vest one year from the date of grant

        In February 2007, the Compensation and Management Development Committee approved a grant of 6,648 restricted stock units to members of the Board of Directors for service for the period February 2007 through January 2008. These restricted stock units were issued in the form of common stock at the conclusion of this service period. Compensation was recognized on a ratable basis over the twelve month vesting period.

        In January 2008, non-employee members of the Board received a total grant of 4,569 shares of restricted stock for service for the period from February 1, 2008 through February 1, 2009. The shares of restricted stock vested at the conclusion of the service period. Compensation was recognized on a ratable basis over the twelve month vesting period.

        In April 2008, William H. Dykstra retired from the Company's Board of Directors. In accordance with the vesting provisions of his restricted stock agreement, he forfeited 634 of the restricted shares granted to him in January 2008. In April 2008, a total of 692 shares of restricted stock were issued to existing members of the Board for committee reassignments, as well as the appointment of new Board member Thomas Wroe, Jr., following Mr. Dykstra's retirement. These shares were for service on the Company's Board from April 1, 2008 through February 1, 2009 and vested at the conclusion of the service period.

        In January 2009, non-employee members of the Board of Directors received a total grant of 12,339 shares of restricted stock for service for the period from February 1, 2009 through February 1, 2010. This represented an increase in the Board of Directors annual stock compensation to $20 (previously $15). The shares of restricted stock will vest at the conclusion of this service period. Compensation is being recognized on a ratable basis over the twelve month vesting period.

Stock Options

        On July 8, 2008, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a grant of stock options to its President and its Chief Financial Officer to purchase 150,000 and 100,000 shares of common stock, respectively. Each of these options has an exercise price of $16.53 per share, will vest in full on the fifth anniversary of the grant date, and will expire on the tenth anniversary of the grant date.

        On August 31, 2009, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a grant of stock options to its Chief Executive Officer, its President and its Chief Financial Officer to purchase 75,000, 50,000 and 25,000 shares of common stock, respectively. Each of these options has an exercise price of $11.15 per share, and will vest in four equal annual allotments beginning on August 31, 2010 and ending on August 31, 2013. All of these options will expire on the tenth anniversary of the grant date.

49


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

        The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of August 31, 2009:

 
  Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable  
Exercise Prices
  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted
Avg.
Remaining
Contractual
Life
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

$5.250

    93,500     3.0 years   $ 5.250   $ 575     93,500   $ 5.250   $ 575  

$5.575

    25,000     2.7 years     5.575     146     25,000     5.575     146  

$16.530

    250,000     8.9 years     16.530                  

$11.150

    150,000     10.0 years     11.150     38              
                                     

    518,500     7.8 years   $ 12.410   $ 759     118,500   $ 5.320   $ 721  
                                     

        The total fair value of options vested at year end based upon the closing price of $11.40 per share on August 31, 2009 is $1,351.

        A summary of the transactions of the Company's stock option plans for the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is presented below:

 
  Non Employee
Directors
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Officers
and
Employees
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding as of August 31, 2006

    85,640   $ 5.89     810,000   $ 5.41  
 

Granted

                 
 

Exercised

    (57,640 )   6.19     (675,000 )   5.42  
 

Forfeited or cancelled

                 
                       

Outstanding as of August 31, 2007

    28,000   $ 5.25     135,000   $ 5.36  
 

Granted

            250,000     16.53  
 

Exercised

    (12,500 )   5.25     (29,000 )   5.47  
 

Forfeited or cancelled

                 
                       

Outstanding as of August 31, 2008

    15,500   $ 5.25     356,000   $ 13.20  
 

Granted

            150,000     11.15  
 

Exercised

    (3,000 )   5.25            
 

Forfeited or cancelled

                     
                       

Options outstanding as of August 31, 2009

    12,500   $ 5.25     506,000   $ 12.59  
                       

Options exercisable as of August 31, 2009

    12,500   $ 5.25     106,000   $ 5.32  

        The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted in the years ended August 31, 2009 and 2008 was $3.58 and $4.98 per share, respectively. There were no options granted in the year ended August 31, 2007. All stock option plans have been approved by the Company's stockholders.

        The total pretax intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $16, $956, and $5,876 for the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

        Excluding the common stock currently reserved for issuance upon exercise of the 518,500 outstanding options and 17,600 for restricted stock units, there are 502,630 shares of common stock available for future issuance under the Company's equity compensation plans.

        The tax benefit realized from stock options exercised and issuance of stock pursuant to grants of restricted stock units was $265, $815, and $2,243 for the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

        As of August 31, 2009, unrecognized expense related to all stock based compensation described above, is $2,717.

50


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

Note 11—Segment Data

        The Company operates in two business segments, a Specialized Manufacturing segment and an Electronic Manufacturing Services segment. Specialized Manufacturing products include insulating and conducting materials for wire and cable manufacturers, protective coatings for pipeline applications and moisture protective coatings for electronics and printing services. Electronic Manufacturing Services include printed circuit board and electro-mechanical assembly services for the electronics industry. The Company evaluates segment performance based upon income before income taxes.

        The following tables summarize information about the Company's segments:

 
  Years Ended August 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Revenues from external customers

                   
 

Specialized Manufacturing

  $ 91,236   $ 113,177   $ 109,195  
 

Electronic Manufacturing Services

    16,370     19,301     18,265  
               
   

Total

  $ 107,606   $ 132,478   $ 127,460  
               

Income before income taxes

                   
 

Specialized Manufacturing

  $ 13,899 (a) $ 22,434   $ 20,094 (a)
 

Electronic Manufacturing Services

    1,718     2,138     2,040  
               
   

Total for reportable segments

    15,617     24,572     22,134  
 

Corporate and Common Costs

    (5,796 )(b)   (5,288 )   (5,955 )
               
   

Total

  $ 9,821   $ 19,284   $ 16,179  
               

(a)
Includes loss on impairment of goodwill of $237 in 2009 and $311 in 2007

(b)
Includes loss on impairment of fixed assets of $262

 
  As of August 31,  
 
  2009   2008  

Total assets

             
 

Specialized Manufacturing

  $ 60,713   $ 63,242  
 

Electronic Manufacturing Services

    12,666     13,819  
           
   

Total for reportable segments

    73,379     77,061  
 

Corporate and Common Assets

    17,687     13,236  
           
   

Total

  $ 91,066   $ 90,297  
           

Note 12—Export Sales and Foreign Operations

        Export sales from continuing domestic operations to unaffiliated third parties were $14,611, $15,818 and $14,126 for the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company's products are sold world-wide with no foreign geographic area accounting for more than 10% of revenues from continuing operations.

        As of August 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had long-lived assets (defined as providing the Company with a future economic benefit beyond the current year or operating period, including buildings, equipment, goodwill and other intangibles) of $8,969 and $10,793, respectively, located in the United Kingdom. No other foreign geographic area accounted for more than 10% of the Company's total assets as of August 31, 2009 and 2008. The decrease in gross carrying value of these long-lived assets for the year ended August 31, 2009 is primarily due to foreign currency translation loss and the amortization of the intangible assets.

51


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

Note 13—Supplemental Cash Flow Data

        Supplemental cash flow information for the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Income taxes paid

  $ 2,481   $ 6,605   $ 4,815  
               

Interest paid

  $ 30   $ 243   $ 891  
               

Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities

                   

Issuance of stock based compensation previously accrued for

  $ 1,526   $ 1,075   $ 114  

Common stock received for payment of stock option exercises

  $   $ 21   $ 3,080  

Accrued contingent payments related to acquisitions

  $ 327   $   $ 110  

Acquisition holdback payments, previously accrued for

  $ 303   $   $  

Property, plant & equipment additions included in accounts payable

  $ 280   $ 152   $ 18  

Acquisition of certain assets for Chase Protective Coatings

                   
 

Current assets (net of cash acquired)

        $ 374        
 

Property and equipment

          1,842        
 

Intangible assets

          297        
 

Deferred tax assets

          169        
 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

          (950 )      
 

Acquisition costs

          (242 )      
                   
 

Cash provided through operating cash

        $ (1,490 )      
                   

Acquisition of certain assets of Metronelec

                   
 

Current assets (net of cash acquired)

              $ 41  
 

Property and equipment

                13  
 

Intangible assets

                932  
 

Goodwill

                440  
 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

                (41 )
                   
 

Cash provided through operating cash

              $ (1,385 )
                   

Acquisition of Capital Services

                   
 

Current assets (net of cash acquired)

              $ 704  
 

Property and equipment

                90  
 

Intangible assets

                709  
 

Goodwill

                789  
 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

                (216 )
 

Deferred tax liability

                (276 )
                   
 

Cash provided through operating cash and increase in debt

              $ (1,800 )
                   

Note 14—Acquisitions

Capital Services of New York, Inc.

        In September 2006, Chase Corporation acquired all of the capital stock of Capital Services of New York, Inc. based in Schenectady, New York ("Capital Services") for approximately $1,800 subject to adjustments and holdbacks including balance sheet retentions, and retentions for warranty and indemnifications and tax retentions. In fiscal 2009, the Company made a payment of approximately $142 related to these holdbacks and retentions (of which $110 was previously accrued). The assets acquired by the Company include inventories, trade receivables, cash, and other current assets. The purchase agreement for this acquisition requires additional contingent payments to be made by the Company if certain revenue targets are met with respect to the Capital Services and E-Poxy

52


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts


products over the four years ending August 31, 2010. The additional payments related to these revenue targets are not contingent upon employment of the former shareholders and will be included as part of the contingent purchase price when and if paid.

        Capital Services is a leading manufacturer of waterproofing sealants, expansion joints and accessories for the transportation, industrial and architectural markets. This acquisition joined Chase's Royston and E-Poxy Engineered Materials brands to form the Construction Products group.

        The effective date for this acquisition was September 1, 2006 and the results of the Capital Services operations have been included in the Company's financial statements since then. The purchase price was funded through a loan from Bank of America which was fully paid off as of August 31, 2008.

        The allocation of the purchase price, including direct costs of the acquisition, was based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed as follows:

Assets & Liabilities
  Amounts  

Current Assets (net of cash acquired)

  $ 704  

Property & Equipment

    90  

Intangible Assets

    709  

Goodwill

    789  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (216 )

Deferred tax liability

    (276 )
       

Total purchase price

  $ 1,800  
       

        All assets, including goodwill, acquired as part of Capital Services are included in the Specialized Manufacturing segment. Identifiable intangible assets purchased with this transaction are as follows:

Intangible Asset
  Amount   Useful life  

Patents and agreements

  $ 63     2 years  

Formulas

  $ 168     10 years  

Trade names

  $ 93     3 years  

Customer lists and relationships

  $ 385     10 years  
             

Total intangible assets

  $ 709        
             

HumiSeal Europe SARL

        In March 2007, Chase Corporation expanded its international presence with the formation of HumiSeal Europe SARL in France. HumiSeal Europe SARL operates a sales/technical service office and warehouse near Paris, France. In conjunction with establishing the new company certain assets were acquired from Metronelec SARL, a former distributor of HumiSeal products.

        The purchase price for this acquisition was €885 (approximately US $1,150 at the time of acquisition) plus acquisition related costs and additional contingent payments to be made by the Company if certain revenue targets are met during the five year period ending February 29, 2012. The effective date for this acquisition for accounting purposes was March 12, 2007 and the results of HumiSeal Europe SARL have been included in the Company's financial results since then. The purchase price was financed out of cash flow from the Company's European operations.

53


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

        The allocation of the purchase price, including direct costs of the acquisition, was based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed as follows:

Assets & Liabilities
  Amounts  

Property and equipment

  $ 13  

Intangible Assets

    932  

Goodwill

    440  
       

Total purchase price

  $ 1,385  
       

        All assets, including goodwill, acquired as part of HumiSeal Europe SARL are included in the Specialized Manufacturing segment. Identifiable intangible assets purchased with this transaction are as follows:

Intangible Asset
  Amount   Useful life  

Patents and agreements

  $ 142     5 years  

Customer lists and relationships

    790     10 years  
             

Total intangible assets

  $ 932        
             

        Not included in the acquisition were the equipment and other materials of Metronelec. That business, which is unrelated to the HumiSeal business, continues to operate independently under the Metronelec name.

Chase Protective Coatings Limited

        On September 1, 2007, Chase Corporation purchased certain product lines and a related manufacturing facility in Rye, East Sussex, England through its wholly owned subsidiary, Chase Protective Coatings Ltd. For over 35 years, this business has been a leading manufacturer of waterproofing and corrosion protection systems for oil, gas and water pipelines and has been a major supplier to Europe, the Middle East and Southeast Asia.

        The purchase price for this acquisition was £739 (US $1,490 at the time of the acquisition) and was financed out of cash flow from the Company's operations. The effective date for this acquisition was September 1, 2007 and the results of this acquisition have been included in the Company's financial statements since then.

        The allocation of the purchase price, including direct costs of the acquisition, was based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed as follows:

Assets & Liabilities
  Amounts  

Inventory

  $ 374  

Fixed Assets

    1,842  

Intangible assets

    297  

Deferred tax asset

    169  

Accrued expenses

    (1,192 )
       

Total purchase price

  $ 1,490  
       

        All assets, including goodwill, acquired as part of this acquisition are included in the Specialized Manufacturing segment. Identifiable intangible assets purchased with this transaction are as follows:

Intangible Asset
  Amount   Useful life  

Customer lists and relationships

  $ 260     3 years  

Trademarks/Trade Names

    37     2 years  
             

Total intangible assets

  $ 297        
             

54


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

        All acquisitions have been accounted for as purchase transactions and the operations of the acquired entity or assets are included in consolidated operations from the effective date.

Note 15—Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements

        In September 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") reached a final consensus on Issue 06-04, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements. In March 2007, the EITF reached a final conclusion on Issue 06-10, Accounting for Collateral Assignment Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements. Both of these Issues stipulate that an agreement by an employer to make life insurance premium payments and/or share a portion of the proceeds of a life insurance policy with an employee during the postretirement period is a postretirement benefit arrangement required to be accounted for by the employer. The Issues conclude that the purchase of a split-dollar life insurance policy does not constitute a settlement and, therefore, a liability for the postretirement obligation must be recognized. EITF Issues 06-04 and 06-10 allow the Company to record the initial recognition of the liability through stockholders' equity.

        The Company adopted EITF Issues 06-04 and 06-10 on September 1, 2008. The net liability related to these postretirement benefits was calculated as the difference between the present value of future premiums to be paid by the Company reduced by the present value of the expected proceeds to be returned to the Company upon the insured's death. The Company prepared its calculation by using mortality assumptions which were based on the 2008 Combined Static Mortality Table, and an appropriate discount rate. Upon the adoption of EITF Issues 06-04 and 06-10 on September 1, 2008, the Company recorded a decrease of $184 to stockholders' equity which represents the Company's net liability related to these postretirement obligations. Ongoing expenses in future years will be recognized through operations. As of August 31, 2009, the Company's net liability related to these postretirement obligations was $155.

Note 16—Fair Value Measurements

        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("FAS 157"). The provisions of FAS 157 define fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expand disclosures about fair value measurements. FAS 157 is effective for financial assets and financial liabilities for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. FSP 157-2 "Partial Deferral of the Effective Date of Statement 157," deferred the effective date of FAS 157 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities except for those that are recognized at fair value on a recurring basis (at least annually) to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008.

        The implementation of FAS 157 for financial assets and financial liabilities, effective September 1, 2008 for the Company, did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position and results of operations. The Company is currently assessing the impact of FAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

        FAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). FAS 157 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which classifies the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

        The Company endeavors to utilize the best available information in measuring fair value. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company has determined that it does not have any financial liabilities measured at fair value and that its financial assets are currently all classified within Level 1 and Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

55


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

        The following table sets forth the Company's financial assets that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of August 31, 2009:

 
   
  Fair value measurements at August 31, 2009 using:  
 
  Balance at
08/31/09
  Quoted prices
in active markets
(Level 1)
  Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
unobservable inputs
(Level 3)
 

Restricted investments

  $ 573   $ 239   $ 334   $  
                   

  $ 573   $ 239   $ 334   $  
                   

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, "The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—including an amendment of FAS No. 115", ("FAS 159"). FAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other assets and liabilities at fair value on an instrument-by-instrument basis (the fair value option). Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are to be recognized in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. Upon adoption of FAS 159 as of September 1, 2008, the Company elected to not apply the provisions of FAS 159 to its eligible assets and liabilities. As such, the adoption of FAS 159 did not impact the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Note 17—Related Party Transactions

        In June 2009, the Company sold real property (building and land) to ChaseBay Real Estate Holdings, Inc. ("ChaseBay") for a purchase price of $1,370. The property is located in West Bridgewater, MA and was being leased by the Company to Sunburst Electronics Manufacturing Solutions, Inc. ("Sunburst") for a monthly base rent of $15. Andrew Chase, President of Sunburst and partner of ChaseBay, is the son of Edward L. Chase (deceased), and a Trustee of the Edward L. Chase Revocable Trust (the "Trust"), the brother of Peter R. Chase (the Chairman and CEO of the Company) and the uncle of Adam P. Chase (the President and COO of the Company). The Trust is the sole owner of Sunburst and is a significant shareholder of Chase Corporation, holding 1,157,902 shares of the Company's common stock as of the date of the transaction.

        The terms and conditions of the sale transaction were reviewed and approved by an independent committee of the Company's Board of Directors which concluded that the sale price was appropriate given a recent market appraisal of the land and building performed by an independent third party valuation firm.

        The sale of the property resulted in an accounting charge of $262 in the third quarter ending May 31, 2009, which represented the write down of the property to its current market value, as required by generally accepted accounting principles.

        Additionally, a voting agreement between Chase and the Trust expires in 2013. Pursuant to the voting agreement, the Trustees have agreed to vote for the nominees for director of the Company, as approved from time to time by the Company's Nominating and Governance Committee, through the annual meeting in January 2013. The voting agreement requires that a designated representative of the Trust be elected a director of the Company. The voting agreement which had an original book value of $200, has been capitalized as an intangible asset and is being amortized over its ten year useful life. As of August 31, 2009, this intangible asset has a net book value of $85.

56


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

Note 18—Net Income Per Share

        Net income per share is calculated as follows:

 
  Years Ended August 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Net income

  $ 6,385   $ 12,374   $ 10,193  
               

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    8,408,614     8,248,296     8,080,770  

Additional dilutive common stock equivalents

    345,822     398,249     273,605  
               

Weighted average diluted shares outstanding

    8,754,436     8,646,545     8,354,375  
               

Net income per share—Basic

  $ 0.76   $ 1.50   $ 1.26  

Net income per share—Diluted

  $ 0.73   $ 1.43   $ 1.22  

        For the year ended August 31, 2009, stock options to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock were outstanding, but were not included in the calculation of diluted net income per share because the options' exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common stock and thus would be anti-dilutive. Included in the calculation of dilutive common stock equivalents are the unvested portion of restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock options.

Note 19—Contingencies

        The Company is one of over 100 defendants in a personal injury lawsuit, pending in Ohio, which alleges personal injury from exposure to asbestos contained in certain Chase products. The case is captioned Marie Lou Scott, Executrix of the Estate of James T. Scott v. A-Best Products, et al., No. 312901 in the Court of Common Pleas for Cuyahoga County, Ohio. The plaintiff in the case issued discovery requests to Chase in August 2005, to which Chase timely responded in September 2005. The trial had initially been scheduled to begin on April 30, 2007. However, that date had been postponed and no new trial date has been set. As of October 2009, there have been no new developments as this Ohio lawsuit has been inactive with respect to Chase.

        The Company was named as one of the defendants in a complaint filed on June 25, 2009, in a lawsuit captioned Lois Jansen, Individually and as Special Administrator of the Estate of Thomas Jansen v. Beazer East, Inc., et al., No: 09-CV-6248 in the Milwaukee County (Wisconsin) Circuit Court. The plaintiff alleges that her husband suffered and died from malignant mesothelioma resulting from exposure to asbestos in his workplace. The plaintiff has sued seven alleged manufacturers or distributors of asbestos-containing products, including Royston Laboratories (formerly an independent company and now a division of Chase Corporation). Chase has filed an answer to the claim denying the material allegations in the complaint. The parties are currently engaged in discovery.

        In addition to the matters described above, the Company is involved from time to time in litigation incidental to the conduct of its business. Although the Company does not expect that the outcome in any of these matters, individually or collectively, will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations, litigation is inherently unpredictable. Therefore, judgments could be rendered or settlements entered, that could adversely affect the Company's operating results or cash flows in a particular period. The Company routinely assesses all of its litigation and threatened litigation as to the probability of ultimately incurring a liability, and records its best estimate of the ultimate loss in situations where the Company assesses the likelihood of loss as probable.

57


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

Note 20—Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

        The following table presents unaudited operating results for each of the Company's quarters in the years ended August 31, 2009 and 2008:

 
  Fiscal Year 2009 Quarters  
 
  First   Second   Third   Fourth   Year  

Net Sales

  $ 30,607   $ 22,751   $ 25,012   $ 28,159   $ 106,529  

Gross Profit on Sales

    9,047     5,111     7,375     9,254     30,787  

Net Income

    2,260     454     862     2,809     6,385  

Net income per share—basic

  $ 0.27   $ 0.05   $ 0.10   $ 0.33   $ 0.76  

Net income per share—diluted

  $ 0.26   $ 0.05   $ 0.10   $ 0.31   $ 0.73  

 

 
  Fiscal Year 2008 Quarters  
 
  First   Second   Third   Fourth   Year  

Net Sales

  $ 34,224   $ 27,872   $ 33,489   $ 35,118   $ 130,703  

Gross Profit on Sales

    11,260     8,163     10,567     11,033     41,023  

Net Income

    3,474     1,865     3,218     3,817     12,374  

Net income per share—basic

  $ 0.42   $ 0.23   $ 0.39   $ 0.46   $ 1.50  

Net income per share—diluted

  $ 0.41   $ 0.22   $ 0.37   $ 0.44   $ 1.43  

Note 21—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

        The following table sets forth activity in the Company's accounts receivable reserve:

Year ended
  Balance at
Beginning of
Year
  Charges to
Operations
  Deductions to
Reserves
  Balance at
End of Year
 

August 31, 2009

  $ 447   $ 89   $ (186 ) $ 350  

August 31, 2008

  $ 580   $ 128     (261 ) $ 447  

August 31, 2007

  $ 513   $ 287     (220 ) $ 580  

        The following table sets forth activity in the Company's warranty reserve:

Year ended
  Balance at
Beginning of
Year
  Charges to
Operations
  Deductions to
Reserves
  Balance at
End of Year
 

August 31, 2009

  $ 315   $ 22   $ (206 ) $ 131  

August 31, 2008

  $ 268   $ 166     (119 ) $ 315  

August 31, 2007

  $ 163   $ 136     (31 ) $ 268  

Note 22—Subsequent Events

        In accordance with FAS 165, the Company evaluated subsequent events through November 13, 2009, the date these financial statements were filed.

Acquisition of C.I.M. Industries Inc.

        On September 4, 2009, Chase Corporation acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of C.I.M. Industries Inc. ("C.I.M."), which is based in Peterborough, NH and has a manufacturing facility in Texas. C.I.M. is a specialized manufacturer of high performance coating and lining systems used worldwide in the liquid storage and containment industry. The total purchase price, net of cash received, was $18,894,000, subject to certain adjustments relating to the closing date working capital.

58


Table of Contents


CHASE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In thousands, except share and per share amounts

        The purchase price consists of cash in the amount of $16,500 (subject to closing adjustments) and the delivery of non-negotiable promissory notes (the "Notes") in the aggregate amount of $3,000. The net assets acquired by Chase include cash, inventories, trade receivables, property, plant & equipment, trade payables and certain other current assets and liabilities. The principal of the Notes will be paid in three consecutive annual installments of $1,000 each, with the initial payment due on September 4, 2010. Interest on the unpaid principal balance of the Notes will accrue at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal rate, and will be paid annually with each principal payment. At October 31, 2009, the applicable interest rate was 0.75% per annum.

        The Company funded this acquisition partly through its available cash on hand and funded the balance through a loan in the amount of $10,000 from Bank of America and the $3,000 Notes to C.I.M. shareholders described above. The loan from Bank of America (the "Loan") is an unsecured, three year term note with interest and principal payments due monthly. Interest is calculated at the applicable LIBOR rate plus a margin of 1.75% per annum, with interest payments due on the last day of each month. In addition to monthly interest payments, Chase Corporation will repay the principal in equal installments of $167 each, beginning on September 30, 2009, and on the last day of each month thereafter, ending on August 31, 2012 (the "Repayment Period"). In any event, on the last day of the Repayment Period, Chase will repay the remaining principal balance plus any interest then due.

        The Loan is subject to certain covenants which require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios, including total liabilities to tangible net worth and debt service coverage ratios. Prepayment of the Loan is allowed at any time during the term of the Loan.

Dividend Declared

        On October 15, 2009, the Company announced a cash dividend of $0.20 per share to shareholders of record on October 31, 2009 payable on December 3, 2009.

59


Table of Contents

ITEM 9—CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        None.

ITEM 9A—CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

        The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company's reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company's management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

        The Company carries out a variety of ongoing procedures, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company's management, including the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to evaluate the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures. Based on the foregoing, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level as of the end of the period covered by this report.

MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

        Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). The Company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in "Internal Control—Integrated Framework" issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has concluded that the internal control over financial reporting was effective as of August 31, 2009.

        There has been no change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting during the Company's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B—OTHER INFORMATION

        Not applicable.

60


Table of Contents


PART III

ITEM 10—DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

        Information with respect to Directors of the Company, information with respect to compliance with the reporting obligations under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, information concerning the Company's code of ethics applicable to senior management, information concerning procedures for shareholder nominations to the Company's Board of Directors, and information relating to the Company's Audit Committee is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is expected to be filed within 120 days after the Company's fiscal year ended August 31, 2009. Information regarding the Company's executive officers found in the section captioned "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Item 4A of Part I hereof is also incorporated by reference into this Item 10.

ITEM 11—EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The information required by Item 11 of Form 10-K, relating to executive and director compensation and certain matters relating to the Company's Compensation and Management Development Committee, is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is expected to be filed within 120 days after the Company's fiscal year ended August 31, 2009.

ITEM 12—SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

        The information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K, relating to the stock ownership of certain beneficial owners and management, is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is expected to be filed within 120 days after the Company's fiscal year ended August 31, 2009.

        The following table summarizes the Company's stock option plans as of August 31, 2009. Further details on the Company's stock option plans are discussed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The adoption of each of the Company's stock option plans was approved by its shareholders.

 
  Number of shares of Chase
common stock to be
issued upon the exercise
of outstanding options
  Weighted average
exercise price
of outstanding
options
  Number of shares of Chase
common stock remaining
available for future
issuance
 
2001 Senior Management Stock Plan     481,000   $ 12.66     14,136  
2001 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan     12,500     5.25     10,000  
2005 Incentive Plan     25,000     11.15     478,494  
                 
Total     518,500   $ 12.41     502,630  
                 

ITEM 13—CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

        The information required by Item 13 of Form 10-K, relating to transactions with related persons and the independence of members of the Company's Board of Directors, is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is expected to be filed within 120 days after the Company's fiscal year ended August 31, 2009.

ITEM 14—PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

        The information required by Item 14 of Form 10-K, relating to fees paid to the Company's independent registered public accounting firm and pre-approval policies of the Company's Audit Committee, is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is expected to be filed within 120 days after the Company's fiscal year ended August 31, 2009.

61


Table of Contents


PART IV

ITEM 15—EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) and (2)     Financial Statements and Schedules :

        The financial statements are set forth under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Financial statement schedules have been omitted since they are either not required, not applicable, or the information is otherwise included.

(a)(3)     Exhibit Index:

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  3.1.1   Articles of Organization of Chase Corporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004, filed on November 24, 2004 (the "2004 Form 10-K")).

 

3.1.2

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Organization of Chase Corporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended February 29, 2008, filed on April 9, 2008).

 

3.2

 

By-Laws (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's 2004 Form 10-K).

 

10.1.1

 

Voting Agreement between the Trustees of The Edward L. Chase Revocable Trust and the Company dated December 26, 2002 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.30 to the Company's 2004 Form 10-K).

 

10.1.2

 

Voting Agreement Amendment between the Trustees of The Edward L. Chase Revocable Trust and the Company dated December 10, 2003 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed December 29, 2003).

 

10.2

 

Amended and Restated Stock Agreement dated as of August 31, 2004, between the Company and Peter R. Chase (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed on September 2, 2004).*

 

10.3

 

Chase Corporation Employee's Supplemental Pension Plan effective January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2008, filed on July 10, 2008).*

 

10.4

 

Chase Corporation Employee's Supplemental Savings Plan effective January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2008, filed on July 10, 2008).*

 

10.5

 

Chase Corporation Non-Qualified Retirement Savings Plan for the Board of Directors, amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2009, filed on April 9, 2009).*

 

10.6.1

 

Severance Agreement between the Company and Peter R. Chase dated July 10, 2006 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2006, filed on July 17, 2006).*

 

10.6.2

 

Severance Agreement between the Company and Terry M. Jones dated July 10, 2006 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2007, filed on April 16, 2007).*

 

10.6.3

 

Severance Agreement between the Company and Adam P. Chase dated October 1, 2008.*

 

10.6.4

 

Severance Agreement between the Company and Kenneth L. Dumas dated July 10, 2006 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2007, filed on April 16, 2007).*

 

10.7.1

 

Chase Corporation 2001 Senior Management Stock Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.44 to the Company's 2004 Form 10-K).*

62


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.7.2   Form of award issued under Chase Corporation 2001 Senior Management Stock Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.45 to the Company's 2004 Form 10-K).*

 

10.8.1

 

Chase Corporation 2001 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.46 to the Company's 2004 Form 10-K).*

 

10.8.2

 

Form of award issued under Chase Corporation 2001 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.47 to the Company's 2004 Form 10-K).*

 

10.9

 

Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated September 4, 2009, between Chase Corporation and Bank of America, N.A.

 

10.10.1

 

Life Insurance Reimbursement Agreement between Chase Corporation and Peter R. Chase dated January 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed January 14, 2005).*

 

10.10.2

 

Split Dollar Agreement between Chase Corporation and Peter R. Chase dated January 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed January 14, 2005).*

 

10.10.3

 

Split Dollar Endorsement dated January 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed January 14, 2005).*

 

10.11.1

 

2005 Incentive Plan of Chase Corporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed February 9, 2006).*

 

10.11.2

 

Form of restricted stock unit award issued under the Chase Corporation 2005 Incentive Plan for non-executive members of the Board of Directors (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended February 28, 2007, filed on April 16, 2007).*

 

10.11.3

 

Form of restricted stock unit award issued under the Chase Corporation 2005 Incentive Plan for members of Executive Management (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended February 28, 2007, filed on April 16, 2007).*

 

10.11.4

 

Form of restricted stock agreement issued under the Chase Corporation 2005 Incentive Plan for non-executive members of the Board of Directors (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended February 29, 2008, filed on April 9, 2008).*

 

10.11.5

 

Form of restricted stock agreement issued under the Chase Corporation 2005 Incentive Plan for members of Executive Management (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended November 30, 2007, filed on January 9, 2008).*

 

10.11.6

 

Form of stock option award issued under the Chase Corporation 2005 Incentive Plan.*

 

10.12.1

 

FY 2009 Chase Corporation Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended May 31, 2009, filed on July 10, 2009).*

 

10.12.2

 

FY 2009 Chase Corporation Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended May 31, 2009, filed on July 10, 2009).*

 

10.13.1

 

Endorsement Split-Dollar Agreement among the Company, Edward L. Chase, and Sarah Chase as trustee of the ELC Irrevocable Life Insurance Trust (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.25 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1998, filed on November 27, 1998).

 

10.13.2

 

Amendment to Endorsement Split-Dollar Agreement between the Company and Sarah Chase as trustee of the ELC Irrevocable Life Insurance Trust (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended February 28, 2009, filed on April 9, 2009).

63


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.14   Purchase and Sale Agreement dated May 21, 2009, between Chase Corporation and ChaseBay Real Estate Holdings, Inc.

 

10.15.1

 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated September 4, 2009, among Chase Corporation and the shareholders of C.I.M. Industries Inc.

 

10.15.2

 

Promissory Notes dated September 4, 2009, among Chase Corporation and the shareholders of C.I.M. Industries Inc.

 

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

31.1

 

Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

31.2

 

Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

32.1

 

Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

32.2

 

Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

*
Identifies management plan or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(b)
See (a)(3) above.

(c)
None.

64


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

    Chase Corporation

 

 

By:

 

/s/ PETER R. CHASE

Peter R. Chase,
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
November 12, 2009

 

 

By:

 

/s/ KENNETH L. DUMAS

Kenneth L. Dumas
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
November 12, 2009

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ PETER R. CHASE

Peter R. Chase
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal executive officer)
  November 12, 2009

/s/ KENNETH L. DUMAS

Kenneth L. Dumas

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

 

November 12, 2009

/s/ MARY CLAIRE CHASE

Mary Claire Chase

 

Director

 

November 12, 2009

/s/ J. BROOKS FENNO

J. Brooks Fenno

 

Director

 

November 12, 2009

/s/ LEWIS P. GACK

Lewis P. Gack

 

Director

 

November 12, 2009

/s/ GEORGE M. HUGHES

George M. Hughes

 

Director

 

November 12, 2009

/s/ RONALD LEVY

Ronald Levy

 

Director

 

November 12, 2009

/s/ THOMAS WROE, JR.

Thomas Wroe, Jr

 

Director

 

November 12, 2009

65




Exhibit 10.6.3

 

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement dated as of October 1, 2008 is by and between Chase Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”), and Adam P. Chase, (the “Executive”),

 

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that it is desirable, to induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company and also to place him in a position to act in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders in the event of a proposal for transfer of control of the Company, to provide certain severance benefits to the Executive if his employment with the Company terminates under the circumstances described below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Executive hereby agree as follows:

 

1.              Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement only, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)            “Cause” for termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company shall mean and be limited to

 

(i)             the Executive’s willful and continued failure to substantially perform his duties to the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness), provided that the Company has delivered a written demand for substantial performance to the Executive specifically identifying the manner in which the Company believes that the Executive has not substantially performed his duties and that the Executive has not cured such failure within 30 days after such demand;

 

(ii)            willful conduct by the Executive which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company;

 

(iii)           material violation of any Company policy, including any code of conduct or standard of ethics of the Company applicable to the Executive;

 

(iv)           the Executive’s conviction of, or pleading of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony ; or

 

(v)            the Executive’s willful violation of any material provision of any confidentiality, nondisclosure, assignment of invention, noncompetition or similar agreement entered into by the Executive in connection with his employment by the Company.

 

For purposes of this definition, no act or failure to act on the Executive’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless done or omitted to be done by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.

 



 

(b)            “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined  in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 45% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

 

(ii) during any period of twenty-four (24) consecutive months (not including any period prior to the date of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in subparagraphs (i), (ii) or (iii)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Board or by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

 

(iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than (i) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the combined voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as hereinabove defined) acquires 45% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

 

(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

(c)            “Disability” means such physical or mental incapacity as to make the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of his employment duties for a period of at least six months with or without reasonable accommodation.  If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Executive is so disabled as to be unable to perform the essential functions of his employment duties with or without reasonable accommodation, the Executive may, and at the request of the Company shall, submit to the Company a certification in reasonable detail by a physician selected by the Company to whom the Executive or the Executive’s guardian has no reasonable objection as to whether the Executive is so disabled or how long such disability is expected to continue, and such certification shall for the purposes of this Agreement be conclusive of the issue.  The Executive shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification.  If such question shall arise and the Executive

 

1



 

shall fail to submit such certification, the Company’s determination of such issue shall be binding on the Executive.

 

(d)            “Good Reason” means shall mean the occurrence, in connection with a Change in Control, of any of the following events (provided that the Executive shall have given the Company prior written notice describing such event and the matter shall not have been fully remedied by the Company within 30 days after receipt of such notice) :

 

(i)             any reduction of the Executive’s then existing annual base salary, bonus and/or other short-term incentives;

 

(ii)            the Company has failed to continue in effect any health, welfare, retirement, vacation and other fringe benefit plans of the Company in which the Executive participated at the time of the Change in Control (or plans providing substantially equivalent benefits) other than as a result of the normal expiration of any such plan in accordance with its terms as in effect at the time of the Change in Control, or the Company shall have taken or failed to take any action which would adversely affect the Executive’s continued participation in or the benefits receivable by the Executive under any such plan as in effect at the time of the Change in Control;

 

(iii)           the Company has failed to assign to him on a consistent basis executive duties performable at the location at which he worked before the Change in Control which are commensurate with the level of executive duties performed by him immediately prior to such Change in Control;

 

(iv)           any failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successor or assign of the Company.

 

2.              Termination of Employment Without Cause.    If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated at any time  without Cause (and other than by reason of death, Disability or retirement) the Executive shall receive the benefits set forth in Section 4 hereof.

 

3.              Change in Control .  Notwithstanding Section 2 of this Agreement, this Section 3 shall apply if, within twenty-four (24) months immediately following a Change in Control, the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (and other than by reason of death, Disability or retirement) or the Executive terminates his employment with the Company for Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits set forth in Section 4.

 

4. (a)        payment of his base salary, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices, for 18 months commencing on his termination date, such salary to be paid at a rate equal, on an annualized basis, to the greater of his annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or his annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the termination of employment, provided, however, (i) no such payments shall be made until the earlier of (A) six months and one day following the termination date or (B) the earliest date as of which such payments may begin without penalty pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) and (ii) all such payments that are deferred pursuant to clause (i) shall be paid in the aggregate on the first day that such payments may be made pursuant to clause (i).  For purposes of this subsection, the term “base salary” shall include

 

2



 

bonuses which shall be computed by averaging the last two annual bonuses (annualizing bonuses with respect to a partial year), if any;

 

(b)            continued participation in  the benefits in effect for Executive as of the date of termination, subject to the terms and conditions of the respective plans and applicable law, for a period of  one year following the termination date; provided that to the extent that the Company’s plans, programs and arrangements do not permit such continuation of Executive’s participation following his termination, the Company shall provide the Executive with an amount which is sufficient for him to purchase equivalent benefits, such amount to be paid quarterly in advance;  provided, further, however, that if the Executive becomes employed by another employer and is eligible to receive medical or other welfare benefits under another employer-provided plan, the Executive’s entitlement to participate in the Company’s medical or other welfare benefit plans or to receive such alternate payments shall, to the extent such medical or welfare benefits are offered by the other employer, cease as of the date the Executive is eligible to participate in such plans, and the Executive shall notify the Company of his eligibility under such other plans.

 

(c)            reasonable costs of an out-placement service used by the Executive for a period not to exceed one year following termination of employment.

 

5.              Death, Disability or Retirement.   If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of death, Disability or retirement, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any benefits under this Agreement pursuant to Sections 2 or 3 but may be entitled to certain death, disability or retirement benefits offered by the Company pursuant to its employee benefit plans.

 

6.              Taxes .

 

(a)            All payments to be made to the Executive under this Agreement will be subject to any required withholding of federal, state and local income and employment taxes.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any of the payments provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments which the Executive has the right to receive from the Company, would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), the payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be reduced to the largest amount as will result in no portion of such payments being subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

 

7.              Release .  The Executive’s entitlement to receive the payments contemplated by Sections 3 hereof shall be contingent upon execution by the Executive on the date of termination of a release in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”).  By execution of this Agreement, the Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that such payments are and shall be good and sufficient consideration for such Release.

 

8.              No Duty to Mitigate .  In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and, except as contemplated by Section 4(b) hereof, any benefits payable to the Executive hereunder shall not be subject to reduction for any compensation received from other employment.

 

3



 

9.              Successors and Assigns .

 

(a)            This Agreement is personal to the Executive and is not assignable by the Executive, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(b)            This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

(c)            The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as defined above and any successor to its business and/or assets that assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement.

 

10.            No Right to Continued Employment .  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be considered a contract of employment or construed as giving the Executive any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.  Nothing in this Agreement shall otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company to terminate the Executive at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

11.            Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

(b)            Amendment; Waiver .  This Agreement may not be modified or amended in any manner except by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.  The waiver by either party of compliance with any provision of this Agreement by the other party shall not operate or be construed as waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by such party or a provision of this Agreement.

 

(c)            Entire Understanding .  This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the compensation and benefits payable to the Executive in the circumstances described herein, superseding all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written.

 

(d)            Fees and Expenses .  The Company agrees to pay as incurred and within 30 days after submission of supporting documentation, to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and related expenses the Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by the Company, the Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement (including as a result of any contest by the Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement) following a Change in Control.

 

4



 

(e)            Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand delivery, by a reputable overnight courier service, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company:

 

Chase Corporation

 

26 Summer Street

Bridgewater, MA 02324

Attention: General Counsel

 

If to the Executive:

 

Adam P. Chase

 

123 Suffolk Road

Wellesley Hills, MA  02481

 

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith.  Any notice or communication shall be deemed to be delivered upon the date of hand delivery, one day following delivery to an overnight courier service, or three days following mailing by registered or certified mail.

 

(f)             Headings .  The headings of paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning of interpretations of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(g)            Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(h)            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and each of which shall be deemed an original.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer and the Executive has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

CHASE CORPORATION

 

Adam P. Chase

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

5




Exhibit 10.9

 

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT (“this Agreement”) dated as of September 4, 2009 by and between BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. AS SUCCESSOR TO Fleet National Bank (f/k/a BankBoston, N.A. and The First National Bank of Boston) (the “Bank”) with its principal address at 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 (the “Bank”); and CHASE CORPORATION , a Massachusetts corporation with its principal address at 26 Summer Street, Bridgewater, Massachusetts 02324-2626 (the “Borrower”).  Certain capitalized terms used herein without definition in the text where utilized are defined in Article 12 hereof.

 

RECITALS

 

A.             The Bank and the Borrower entered into a Loan and Security Agreement dated on or about April 11, 1991, which was thereafter amended, and as of October 31, 2001 entered into a First Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (as amended through the date hereof, the “First Restated Agreement”).

 

B.             The Borrower desires to obtain a $10,000,000 term loan from the Bank.

 

C.             The Borrower and the Bank wish to amend and restate the First Restated Agreement to evidence such additional loan and to consolidate prior changes to the First Restated Agreement.

 

D.             The Bank is willing to provide such term loan as contemplated above, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE , the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, and in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants contained herein, hereby agree that the First Restated Agreement be, and it hereby is, amended and restated to read in its entirety (but retaining references to the foregoing Recitals as follows:

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement dated as of September 4, 2009 is among Bank of America, N.A. (the “Bank”) and Chase Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the “Borrower”).

 

1.              FACILITY NO. 1  LINE OF CREDIT AMOUNT AND TERMS

 

1.1            Line of Credit Amount .

 

(a)            During the availability period described below, the Bank will provide a line of credit to the Borrower.  The amount of the line of credit (the “Facility No. 1 Commitment”) is Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).  The Facility No. 1 Commitment evidences an Existing line of credit pursuant to a First Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of October 31, 2001, as amended by various amendments, the most recent of which is dated February 29, 2008 (collectively, the “2001 Line of Credit Agreement”).

 

1



 

(b)           This is a revolving line of credit.  During the availability period, the Borrower may repay principal amounts and reborrow them.

 

1.2            Availability Period .

 

The line of credit is available between the date of this Agreement and March 31, 2011, or such earlier date as the availability may terminate as provided in this Agreement (the “Facility No. 1 Expiration Date”).

 

The availability period for this line of credit will be considered renewed if and only if the Bank has sent to the Borrower a written notice of renewal for the line of credit (the “Renewal Notice”).  If this line of credit is renewed, it will continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement except as modified by the Renewal Notice.  If this line of credit is renewed, the term “Expiration Date” shall mean the date set forth in the Renewal Notice as the Expiration Date and the same process for renewal will apply to any subsequent renewal of this line of credit.

 

1.3            Repayment Terms .

 

(a)            The Borrower will pay interest on August 31, 2009, and then on the last day of each month thereafter until payment in full of any principal outstanding under this facility.  Any interest period for an optional interest rate (as described below) shall expire no later than the Facility No. 1 Expiration Date.

 

(b)            The Borrower will repay in full any principal, interest or other charges outstanding under this facility no later than the Facility No. 1 Expiration Date.

 

(c)            The Borrower may prepay the loan in full or in part at any time.  The prepayment will be applied to the most remote payment of principal due under this Agreement.

 

1.4            Interest Rate .

 

The interest rate is a rate per year equal to the sum of the “ LIBOR Daily Floating Rate ” plus 1.25 percentage points.  “LIBOR Daily Floating Rate” means a fluctuating rate of interest equal to the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“BBA LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as selected by the Bank from time to time) as determined for each banking day at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time two (2) London Banking Days prior to the date in question, for U.S. Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such interest period) with a one month term, as adjusted from time to time in the Bank’s sole discretion for reserve requirements, deposit insurance assessment rates and other regulatory costs.  If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the rate for that interest period will be determined by such alternate method as reasonably selected by the Bank.

 

1.5            Optional Interest Rates .

 

Instead of the interest rate based on the rate stated in the paragraph entitled “Interest Rate” above, the Borrower may elect the optional interest rates listed below for this Facility No. 1

 

2



 

during interest periods agreed to by the Bank and the Borrower.  The optional interest rates shall be subject to the terms and conditions described later in this Agreement.  Any principal amount bearing interest at an optional rate under this Agreement is referred to as a “Portion.”  The following optional interest rates are available:

 

(a)            The LIBOR Rate plus 1.25 percentage points

 

(b)            The Alternate Base Rate (as defined in Article 12 below)

 

1.6            Letters of Credit .

 

(a)            Subject to the execution and delivery by the Borrower of a letter of credit application and any other related documents on the Bank’s customary forms in effect from time to time (collectively, the “Letter of Credit Documents”) and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained herein, the Bank agrees from time to time until the first to occur of (i) the Facility No.1 Expiration Date or (ii) the termination of Facility No.1 pursuant to Article 11, to issue, extend and renew for the account of the Borrower one or more standby and documentary letters of credit (each individually, a “Letter of Credit”), in such form as may be requested from time to time by the borrower and agreed to by the Bank.  In the event and to the extent that any provision of any Letter of Credit Document shall be inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement, then the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

 

(b)            (i)             The obligation of the Bank to issue, extend or renew any Letter of Credit hereunder shall be subject to the conditions set forth in Article 6 below and to the following additional conditions:

 

(A)           Such Letter of Credit shall provide for payment in U.S. Dollars and shall expire by its terms no later than the earlier to occur of (A) 30 days prior to the Expiration Date and (B) one year from the date of its issuance;

 

(B)            After giving effect to such issuance, extension or renewal, (1) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of amounts outstanding under  this Facility No.1 including all Letters of Credit then outstanding shall not exceed the Facility No. 1 Commitment and (2) the LC Exposure Amount shall not exceed $1,000,000;

 

(C)            The form and terms of each Letter of Credit and the related Letter of Credit Documents shall be acceptable to the Bank; and

 

(D)           Each Letter of Credit shall be issued to support obligations of the Borrower incurred in the ordinary course of its business.

 

(ii)            Whenever the Borrower desires to have a Letter of Credit issued, extended or renewed, the Borrower will furnish to the Bank a written application therefore which shall (A) be received by the Bank not less than three Business Days prior to the proposed date of issuance, extension or renewal and (B) specify (1) such proposed date ( which must be a Business Day), (2) the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, (3) the name and address of the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit, (4) the amount of such Letter of Credit, and (5) the purpose and proposed form of such Letter of Credit.  Each Letter of Credit shall be subject to the International Standby

 

3



 

Practices (1998) and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

(c)            In order to induce the Bank to issue, extend and renew each Letter of Credit, the Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse or pay to the Bank:

 

(i)             except as otherwise expressly provided in paragraph (ii) below, on the Business Day immediately following each date that any draft presented under such Letter of Credit is honored by the Bank or the Bank otherwise makes a payment with respect thereto, as indicated in the notice thereof from the Bank to the Borrower (A) the amount paid by the Bank under or with respect to such Letter of Credit, and (B) the amount of any taxes, fees, charges or other reasonable costs and expenses whatsoever incurred by the Bank in connection with any payment made by the Bank under or with respect to such Letter of Credit, and

 

(ii)            Upon the termination of Facility No. 1, or the acceleration of loans and the LC Draw Obligations in accordance with this Agreement, an amount equal to the LC Exposure Amount, which amount shall be held by the Bank as cash collateral for all Letters of Credit and LC Draw Obligations.

 

Interest shall accrue on any and all amounts remaining unpaid by the Borrower under this §1.6 from the date of any draw under a Letter of Credit until the Business Day immediately following such draw at the rate specified in §1.4 for principal outstanding and, thereafter, until payment in full (whether before or after judgment) at the default rate set forth in §5.6, and shall be payable to the Bank on demand.

 

(d)            Except as otherwise provided herein, the Borrower may elect to satisfy any LC Draw Obligation arising under paragraph (c)(i) of this §1.6 by borrowing from Facility No. 1 in the amount thereof and applying the proceeds thereto, provided that (i) all conditions to such advance  set forth in Article 6 shall have been satisfied in full and (ii) after giving effect to such advance and the application of proceeds thereof, the amounts outstanding under Facility No. 1 including all outstanding Letters of Credit will not exceed the Facility No. 1 Commitment.

 

(e)            The Borrower assumes all risks in connection with the Letters of Credit.  The Borrower’s obligations under this §1.6 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of the occurrence of any Default or any condition precedent whatsoever or any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment which the Borrower may have or have had against the Bank or any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit.  The Borrower also agrees that the Bank shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower’s LC Draw Obligations shall not be affected by, among other things, (i) the validity, genuineness or enforceability of documents or of any endorsements thereon if believed by the Bank to be valid, genuine and enforceable, even if such documents should in fact provide to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient (provided all such documents conform on their face), fraudulent or forged, or (ii) any dispute between or among the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any financing institution or other party to which any Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims or defenses whatsoever of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries against the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any such transferee.  The Bank shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit unless caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the Bank.  The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Bank under or in connection with each Letter of Credit and

 

4



 

the related drafts and documents, if done in good faith without gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall be binding upon the Borrower and shall not subject the Bank to any liability.

 

(f)             The Bank shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any Letter of Credit, draft, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person and upon advise and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by the Bank.

 

(g)            In order to induce the Bank to issue, extend and renew each Letter of Credit which is a standby letter of credit, the Borrower hereby agrees to pay to the Bank with respect to each such issuance, extension and renewal a fee (in each case, a “Letter of Credit Fee”) on the stated amount of such Letter of Credit at a rate per annum equal to 1.25% payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter.  In order to induce the Bank to issue or extend each Letter of Credit which is a documentary letter of credit, the Borrower hereby agrees to pay to the Bank with respect to each such issuance or extension the Bank’s then standard fees for documentary letters of credit.  In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the Bank any and all standard charges customarily made by the Bank in connection with such issuance, extension or renewal.

 

1.7  Reduction of Commitment No. 1.   The Borrower may, from time to time, at its option, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, by written notice to the Bank at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date of the requested reduction, reduce the amount of Commitment No. 1 by integral multiples of $500,000.  Any such reduction shall be permanent and irrevocable.  Simultaneously with any reduction in Commitment No. 1, the Borrower shall pay to the Bank (i) amounts outstanding under Commitment No. 1 in the aggregate principal amount necessary to cause the outstanding principal amount outstanding under Commitment No. 1 (including all outstanding Letters of Credit) to be less than or equal to the Commitment No. 1 as so reduced and (ii) all amounts owing to the Bank pursuant to Article 3 below with respect to any LIBOR Loans so repaid.

 

2.              FACILITY NO. 2 VARIABLE RATE TERM LOAN AMOUNT AND TERMS

 

2.1            Loan Amount .

 

The Bank agrees to provide a term loan to the Borrower in the amount of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) (the “Facility No. 2 Commitment”).

 

2.2            Availability Period .

 

The loan is available from the Bank on or about the date of this Agreement as a single disbursement.

 

2.3            Repayment Terms .

 

(a)            The Borrower will pay interest on the last day of each month unless an Optional Interest Rate applies.

 

5



 

(b)            The Borrower will repay principal in equal installments of One Hundred Sixty Six Thousand Six Hundred Sixty Six and 67/100 Dollars ($166,666.67) each, beginning on September 30, 2009, and on the last day of each month thereafter , and ending on August 31, 2012 (the “Repayment Period”).  In any event, on the last day of the Repayment Period, the Borrower will repay the remaining principal balance plus any interest then due .

 

(c)            The Borrower may prepay the loan in full or in part at any time.  The prepayment will be applied to the most remote payment of principal due under this Agreement.

 

(d)            Borrower will immediately repay the entire principal balance of Facility No. 2 of this Agreement, together with interest, any fees (including any prepayment fees) and any other amounts due thereunder, and not obtain any further credit thereunder, upon the occurrence of the following event:  Facility No. 1 of this Agreement as now in effect or as hereafter renewed, amended or restated (the “Other Credit Facility”), terminates for any reason, including, without limitation, termination of the Other Credit Facility at the request of the Borrower, termination resulting from failure by the Bank to renew the Other Credit Facility, or termination as otherwise provided under the Other Credit Facility.

 

2.4            Interest Rate .

 

The interest rate is a rate per year equal to the sum of the LIBOR Daily Floating Rate ” plus 1.750 percentage points.  “LIBOR Daily Floating Rate” means a fluctuating rate of interest equal to the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“BBA LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as selected by the Bank from time to time) as determined for each banking day at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time two (2) London Banking Days prior to the date in question, for U.S. Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such interest period) with a one month term, as adjusted from time to time in the Bank’s sole discretion for reserve requirements, deposit insurance assessment rates and other regulatory costs.  If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the rate for that interest period will be determined by such alternate method as reasonably selected by the Bank.

 

2.5            Optional Interest Rates .

 

Instead of the interest rate based on the rate stated in the paragraph entitled “Interest Rate” above, the Borrower may elect the optional interest rates listed below for this Facility No. 2 during interest periods agreed to by the Bank and the Borrower.  The optional interest rates shall be subject to the terms and conditions described later in this Agreement.  Any principal amount bearing interest at an optional rate under this Agreement is referred to as a “Portion.”  The following optional interest rates are available:

 

(a)            The LIBOR Rate plus 1.75 percentage points.

 

6



 

3.              OPTIONAL INTEREST RATES

 

3.1            Optional Rates .

 

Each optional interest rate is a rate per year.  Interest for each optional interest rate will be paid on the last day of each interest period applicable to such optional interest rate.  No Portion will be converted to a different interest rate during the applicable interest period.  Upon the occurrence of an event of default under this Agreement, the Bank may terminate the availability of optional interest rates for interest periods commencing after the default occurs.  At the end of any interest period, the interest rate will revert to the rate stated in the paragraph(s) entitled “Interest Rate” above, unless the Borrower has designated another optional interest rate for the Portion.

 

3.2            LIBOR Rate .

 

The election of LIBOR Rates shall be subject to the following terms and requirements:

 

(a)            The interest period during which the LIBOR Rate will be in effect will be one, two or three months.  The first day of the interest period must be a day other than a Saturday or a Sunday on which banks are open for business in New York and London and dealing in offshore dollars (a “LIBOR Banking Day”).  The last day of the interest period and the actual number of days during the interest period will be determined by the Bank using the practices of the London inter-bank market.

 

(b)            Each LIBOR Rate Portion will be for an amount not less than $250,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.  There may be not more than five (5) LIBOR Rate Portions outstanding at one time for Facility No. 1 and not more than five (5) LIBOR Rate Portions for Facility No. 2.

 

(c)            The “LIBOR Rate” means the interest rate determined by the following formula.  (All amounts in the calculation will be determined by the Bank as of the first day of the interest period.)

 

LIBOR Rate =         London Inter-Bank Offered Rate

    (1.00 - Reserve Percentage)

 

Where,

 

(i)            “London Inter-Bank Offered Rate” means, for any applicable interest period, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“BBA LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as selected by the Bank from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time two (2) London Banking Days before the commencement of the interest period, for U.S. Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such interest period) with a term equivalent to such interest period.  If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the rate for that interest period will be determined by such alternate method as reasonably selected by the Bank.  A “London Banking Day” is a day on which banks in London are open for business and dealing in offshore dollars.

 

7



 

(ii)            “Reserve Percentage” means the total of the maximum reserve percentages for determining the reserves to be maintained by member banks of the Federal Reserve System for Eurocurrency Liabilities, as defined in Federal Reserve Board Regulation D, rounded upward to the nearest 1/100 of one percent.  The percentage will be expressed as a decimal, and will include, but not be limited to, marginal, emergency, supplemental, special, and other reserve percentages.

 

(e)            The Borrower shall irrevocably request a LIBOR Rate Portion no later than 12:00 noon Boston time on the LIBOR Banking Day preceding the day on which the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate will be set, as specified above.  For example, if there are no intervening holidays or weekend days in any of the relevant locations, the request must be made at least three days before the LIBOR Rate takes effect.

 

(f)             The Bank will have no obligation to accept an election for a LIBOR Rate Portion if any of the following described events has occurred and is continuing:

 

(i)             Dollar deposits in the principal amount, and for periods equal to the interest period, of a LIBOR Rate Portion are not available in the London inter-bank market; or

 

(ii)            the LIBOR Rate does not accurately reflect the cost of a LIBOR Rate Portion.

 

(g)            Each prepayment of a LIBOR Rate Portion, whether voluntary, by reason of acceleration or otherwise, will be accompanied by the amount of accrued interest on the amount prepaid and a prepayment fee as described below.  A “prepayment” is a payment of an amount on a date earlier than the scheduled payment date for such amount as required by this Agreement.

 

(h)            The prepayment fee shall be in an amount sufficient to compensate the Bank for any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of the prepayment, including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Portion or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.  The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by the Bank in connection with the foregoing.  For purposes of this paragraph, the Bank shall be deemed to have funded each Portion by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the applicable interbank market, whether or not such Portion was in fact so funded.

 

3.3.           Alternate Base Rate

 

The Alternate Base Rate is available only as to Facility No. 1.   The term Alternate Base Rate is defined in Article 12 below.  Interest when measured by the Alternate Base Rate shall be payable on the first Business Day of each month and upon expiration or termination of Facility No. 1.

 

8



 

4.              FEES AND EXPENSES

 

4.1           Fees .

 

(a)            Loan Fee .  The Borrower agrees to pay a loan fee in the amount of Fifty Thousand ($50,000.00) Dollars.  This fee is due on the date of this Agreement.

 

(b)            Commitment Fee .  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Bank commitment fees (“Commitment Fees”) with respect to Commitment No.1 on the first day of each March, June, September and December so long as Commitment No. 1 is in effect and on the Expiration Date or earlier termination of Commitment No. 1.   Such Commitment Fees will be payable, based on such daily average unused portion of Commitment No.1, at a rate per annum of 0.25%, appropriately prorated for any period of less than a calendar quarter.  As used herein, the term “unused portion of Commitment No.1”, as determined at any time, means that amount by which Commitment No. 1 exceeds the sum of (x) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding under Commitment no,1 plus (y) the LC Exposure amount.  The fees described in this Section are in addition to any balances and fees required by the Bank or any of its affiliates in connection with any other services now or hereafter made available to the Borrower.

 

(c)            Waiver Fee .  If the Bank, at its discretion, agrees to waive or amend any terms of this Agreement, the Borrower will, at the Bank’s option, pay the Bank a fee for each waiver or amendment in an amount advised by the Bank at the time the Borrower requests the waiver or amendment.  Nothing in this paragraph shall imply that the Bank is obligated to agree to any waiver or amendment requested by the Borrower.  The Bank may impose additional requirements as a condition to any waiver or amendment.

 

(d)            Late Fee .  To the extent permitted by law, the Borrower agrees to pay a late fee in an amount not to exceed four percent (4%) of any payment that is more than fifteen (15) days late.  The imposition and payment of a late fee shall not constitute a waiver of the Bank’s rights with respect to the default.

 

4.2            Expenses .

 

The Borrower agrees to immediately repay the Bank for expenses that include, but are not limited to, filing, recording and search fees, appraisal fees, title report fees, and documentation fees.

 

4.3            Reimbursement Costs .

 

(a)            The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Bank for any expenses it incurs in the preparation of this Agreement and any agreement or instrument required by this Agreement.  Expenses include, but are not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, including any allocated costs of the Bank’s in-house counsel to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

9



 

5.              DISBURSEMENTS, PAYMENTS AND COSTS

 

5.1            Disbursements and Payments .

 

(a)            Each payment by the Borrower will be made in U.S. Dollars and immediately available funds by debit to a deposit account, as described in this Agreement or otherwise authorized by the Borrower.  For payments not made by direct debit, payments will be made by mail to the address shown on the Borrower’s statement or at one of the Bank’s banking centers in the United States, or by such other method as may be permitted by the Bank.

 

(b)            The Bank may honor instructions for advances or repayments given by the Borrower (if an individual), or by any one of the individuals authorized to sign loan agreements on behalf of the Borrower, or any other individual designated by any one of such authorized signers (each an “Authorized Individual”).

 

(c)            For any payment under this Agreement made by debit to a deposit account, the Borrower will maintain sufficient immediately available funds in the deposit account to cover each debit.  If there are insufficient immediately available funds in the deposit account on the date the Bank enters any such debit authorized by this Agreement, the Bank may reverse the debit.

 

(d)            Each disbursement by the Bank and each payment by the Borrower will be evidenced by records kept by the Bank.  In addition, the Bank may, at its discretion, require the Borrower to sign one or more promissory notes.

 

(e)            Prior to the date each payment of principal and interest and any fees from the Borrower becomes due (the “Due Date”), the Bank will mail to the Borrower a statement of the amounts that will be due on that Due Date (the “Billed Amount”).  The calculations in the bill will be made on the assumption that no new extensions of credit or payments will be made between the date of the billing statement and the Due Date, and that there will be no changes in the applicable interest rate.  If the Billed Amount differs from the actual amount due on the Due Date (the “Accrued Amount”), the discrepancy will be treated as follows:

 

(i)             If the Billed Amount is less than the Accrued Amount, the Billed Amount for the following Due Date will be increased by the amount of the discrepancy.  The Borrower will not be in default by reason of any such discrepancy.

 

(ii)            If the Billed Amount is more than the Accrued Amount, the Billed Amount for the following Due Date will be decreased by the amount of the discrepancy.

 

Regardless of any such discrepancy, interest will continue to accrue based on the actual amount of principal outstanding without compounding.  The Bank will not pay the Borrower interest on any overpayment.

 

10



 

5.2            Telephone and Telefax Authorization .

 

(a)            The Bank may honor telephone or telefax instructions for advances or repayments or for the designation of optional interest rates and telefax requests for the issuance of letters of credit given, or purported to be given, by any one of the Authorized Individuals.

 

(b)            Advances will be deposited in and repayments will be withdrawn from Account Number 50327504 owned by Borrower, or such other of the Borrower’s accounts with the Bank as designated in writing by the Borrower.

 

(c)            The Borrower will indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from all liability, loss, and costs in connection with any act resulting from telephone or telefax instructions the Bank reasonably believes are made by any Authorized Individual.  This paragraph will survive this Agreement’s termination, and will benefit the Bank and its officers, employees, and agents.

 

(d)            On or about the date hereof the parties have executed the Bank’s Autoborrow Agreement.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to supersede the terms and provisions of the Auto-Borrow Agreement.

 

5.3            Direct Debit .

 

(a)            The Borrower agrees that on the Due Date the Bank will debit the Billed Amount from deposit account number 50327504 owned by Borrower , or such other of the Borrower’s accounts with the Bank as designated in writing by the Borrower (the “Designated Account”).

 

5.4            Banking Days .

 

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, a banking day is a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close, or are in fact closed, in the state where the Bank’s lending office is located, and, if such day relates to amounts bearing interest at an offshore rate (if any), means any such day on which dealings in dollar deposits are conducted among banks in the offshore dollar interbank market.  All payments and disbursements which would be due on a day which is not a banking day will be due on the next banking day.  All payments received on a day which is not a banking day will be applied to the credit on the next banking day.

 

5.5            Interest Calculation .

 

Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, all interest and fees, if any, will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed.  This results in more interest or a higher fee than if a 365-day year is used.  Installments of principal which are not paid when due under this Agreement shall continue to bear interest until paid.

 

5.6            Default Rate .

 

Upon the occurrence of any default or after maturity or after judgment has been rendered on any obligation under this Agreement, all amounts outstanding under this Agreement, including any interest, fees, or costs which are not paid when due, will at the option of the Bank bear interest at

 

11



 

a rate which is 4.0 percentage point(s) higher than the rate of interest otherwise provided under this Agreement.  This may result in compounding of interest.  This will not constitute a waiver of any default.

 

5.7            Taxes .

 

If any payments to the Bank under this Agreement are made from outside the United States, the Borrower will not deduct any foreign taxes from any payments it makes to the Bank.  If any such taxes are imposed on any payments made by the Borrower (including payments under this paragraph), the Borrower will pay the taxes and will also pay to the Bank, at the time interest is paid, any additional amount which the Bank specifies by Bank Certificate  as necessary to preserve the after-tax yield the Bank would have received if such taxes had not been imposed.  The Borrower will confirm that it has paid the taxes by giving the Bank official tax receipts (or notarized copies) within thirty (30) days after the due date.

 

6.              CONDITIONS

 

Before the Bank is required to extend any credit to the Borrower under Facility No. 2, it must receive any documents and other items it may reasonably require, in form and content acceptable to the Bank, including any items specifically listed below.

 

6.1            Authorizations .

 

If the Borrower or any guarantor is anything other than a natural person, evidence that the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and/or such guarantor of this Agreement and any instrument or agreement required under this Agreement have been duly authorized.

 

6.2            Governing Documents .

 

If required by the Bank, a copy of the Borrower’s organizational documents.

 

6.3            Guaranties .

 

Guaranty signed by each of the Guarantors.

 

6.4            Absence of Liens .

 

Evidence satisfactory to the Bank that there are no liens or encumbrances on assets of the Borrower or any Guarantor except those that have been approved by the Bank in writing.

 

6.5            Payment of Fees .

 

Payment of all fees and other amounts due and owing to the Bank, including without limitation payment of all accrued and unpaid expenses incurred by the Bank as required by the paragraph entitled “Reimbursement Costs.”

 

12



 

6.6            Good Standing .

 

Certificates of good standing for the Borrower and each Guarantor from its state of formation and from any other state in which the Borrower or such Guarantor is required to qualify to conduct its business.

 

6.7            Legal Opinion .

 

A written opinion from Hughes & Associates, the Borrower’s legal counsel, covering such matters as the Bank may require.  The terms of the opinion must be acceptable to the Bank.

 

6.8            Insurance .

 

Evidence of insurance coverage, as required in the “Covenants” section of this Agreement.

 

6.9            Other Required Documentation .  Submission to the bank of the definitive purchase agreement relating to the purchase of all of the capital stock of C.I.M, Industries, Inc., a New Hampshire corporation, together with such other documents as the Bank or its counsel may require.

 

7.              REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

When the Borrower signs this Agreement, and until the Bank is repaid in full, the Borrower makes the following representations and warranties.  Each request for an extension of credit constitutes a renewal of these representations and warranties as of the date of the request.

 

7.1            Formation .

 

The Borrower and each Guarantor has been duly formed and existing under the laws of the state or other jurisdiction where organized.

 

7.2            Authorization .

 

This Agreement, and any instrument or agreement required hereunder, are within the Borrower’s and the respective Guarantor’s powers, have been duly authorized, and do not conflict with any of its organizational papers.

 

7.3            Enforceable Agreement .

 

This Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, and any instrument or agreement required hereunder, when executed and delivered, will be similarly legal, valid, binding and enforceable against the Borrower or as it may appear to be a party thereto, each Guarantor.

 

7.4            Good Standing .

 

In each state in which the Borrower or any Guarantor does business, it is properly licensed, in good standing, and, where required, in compliance with fictitious name statutes.

 

13


 

7.5                                  No Conflicts .

 

This Agreement does not conflict with any law, agreement, or obligation by which the Borrower or any Guarantor is bound.

 

7.6                                  Financial Information .

 

All financial and other information that has been or will be supplied to the Bank is sufficiently complete to give the Bank accurate knowledge of the Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating financial condition, including all material contingent liabilities.  Since the date of the most recent financial statement provided to the Bank, there has been no material adverse change in the business condition (financial or otherwise), operations, properties or prospects of the Borrower or its subsidiaries, individually or collectively.

 

7.7                                  Lawsuits .

 

There is no lawsuit, tax claim or other dispute pending or threatened against the Borrower or any Guarantor which, if lost, would impair the Borrower’s or such Guarantor’s financial condition or ability to repay the loans under Facility No. 1 or Facility No.2, except as have been disclosed in writing to the Bank.

 

7.8                                  Permits, Franchises .

 

The Borrower and each Guarantor possesses all permits, memberships, franchises, contracts and licenses required and all trademark rights, trade name rights, patent rights, copyrights, and fictitious name rights necessary to enable it to conduct the business in which it is now engaged.

 

7.9                                  Other Obligations .

 

Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor is in default on any obligation for borrowed money, any purchase money obligation or any other material lease, commitment, contract, instrument or obligation, except as have been disclosed in writing to the Bank.

 

7.10                            Tax Matters .

 

Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor has knowledge of any pending assessments or adjustments of its income tax for any year and all taxes due have been paid, except as have been disclosed in writing to the Bank.

 

7.11                            No Event of Default .

 

There is no event which is, or with notice or lapse of time or both would be, a default under this Agreement.

 

7.12                            Insurance .

 

The Borrower has obtained, and maintained in effect, the insurance coverage required in the “Covenants” section of this Agreement.

 

14



 

7.13                            ERISA Plans .

 

(a)                                   Each Plan (other than a multiemployer plan) is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state law.  Each Plan has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS and to the best knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would cause the loss of such qualification.  The Borrower has fulfilled its obligations, if any, under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan, and has not incurred any liability with respect to any Plan under Title IV of ERISA.

 

(b)                                  There are no claims, lawsuits or actions (including by any governmental authority), and there has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules, with respect to any Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect.

 

(c)                                   With respect to any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA:

 

(i)                                      No reportable event has occurred under Section 4043(c) of ERISA for which the PBGC requires 30-day notice.

 

(ii)                                   No action by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to terminate or withdraw from any Plan has been taken and no notice of intent to terminate a Plan has been filed under Section 4041 of ERISA.

 

(iii)                                No termination proceeding has been commenced with respect to a Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA, and no event has occurred or condition exists which might constitute grounds for the commencement of such a proceeding.

 

(d)                                  The following terms have the meanings indicated for purposes of this Agreement:

 

(i)                                      “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

(ii)                                   “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

(iii)                                “ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code.

 

(iv)                               “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

 

(v)                                  “Plan” means a pension, profit-sharing, or stock bonus plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, including any multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

15



 

7.14                            Location of Borrower .

 

The place of business of the Borrower (or, if the Borrower has more than one place of business, its chief executive office) is located at the address listed on the signature page of this Agreement.

 

8.                                       AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

The Borrower agrees, so long as credit is available under this Agreement and until the Bank is repaid in full:

 

8.1                                  Use of Proceeds .

 

To use the proceeds of Facility No. 1 only for working capital, general corporate purposes, Letters Of Credit , and capital expenditures, and to use Facility No. 2 only for financing of the acquisition of the capital stock of C.I.M Industries, Inc..

 

8.2.           Legal Existence; Qualification; Compliance .  The Borrower will maintain (and will cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to maintain) its corporate existence and good standing in the jurisdiction of its formation.  The Borrower will qualify to do business and will remain qualified and in good standing (and the Borrower will cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to qualify and remain qualified and in good standing) in each other jurisdiction where the failure so to qualify could (singly or in the aggregate with all other such failures) have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Borrower will comply in all material respects with (and will cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to comply with) its charter documents and by-laws.  The Borrower will comply with (and will cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to comply with) all applicable laws, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, ERISA and those relating to environmental protection) other than (a) laws, rules or regulations the validity or applicability of which the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall be contesting in good faith by proceedings which serve as a matter of law to stay the enforcement thereof and (b) those laws, rules and regulations to failure to comply with any of which could not (singly or in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.3.           Maintenance of Property; Insurance .  Subject to §9.8, the Borrower will maintain and preserve (and will cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to maintain and preserve) all of its properties in good working order and condition, making all necessary repairs thereto and replacements thereof.  The Borrower will maintain (and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain) insurance with respect to its property and business against such liabilities, casualties and contingencies and of such types and in such amounts as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Bank from time to time and in any event all such insurance as may from time to time be customary for companies conducting a business similar to that of the Borrower in similar locales.

 

8.4.           Payment of Taxes and Charges .  The Borrower will pay and discharge (and will cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to pay and discharge) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or property, including, without limitation, taxes, assessments, charges or levies relating to real and personal property, franchises, income, unemployment, old age benefits, withholding, or sales or use, prior to the date on which penalties would attach thereto, and all lawful claims (whether for any of the foregoing or otherwise) which, if unpaid, might give rise to a lien upon any property of the Borrower or any such

 

16



 

Subsidiary, except any of the foregoing which is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which serve as a matter of law to stay the enforcement thereof and for which the Borrower has established and is maintaining adequate reserves.  The Borrower will maintain in full force and effect, and comply with the terms and conditions of, all permits, permissions and licenses necessary or desirable for its business.

 

8.5.           Accounts .  The Borrower will maintain its principal depository and operating accounts with the Bank.

 

8.6.           Conduct of Business .  The Borrower will conduct, in the ordinary course, the business in which it is presently engaged.  The Borrower will not, without the prior written consent of the Bank, directly or indirectly (itself or through any Subsidiary) enter into any other lines of business, businesses or ventures which are not reasonably related to the business in which the Borrower is presently engaged.

 

8.7.           Reporting Requirements .  The Borrower will furnish to the Bank:

 

(a)            Within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the annual audit report for such fiscal year for the Borrower, including therein consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flow for the fiscal year then ended.  The annual consolidated financial statements shall be certified by independent public accountants selected by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Bank (which acceptable accountants shall include PricewaterhouseCoopers) such certification to be in such form as is generally recognized as “unqualified”.  The Borrower will also deliver to the Bank, within 90 days following the end of each fiscal year, an annual budget for the following year (including balance sheet and income statement projections) for the Borrower, prepared by the Borrower’s management and approved by the Borrower’s Board of Directors, such budget to be in such detail as is reasonably satisfactory to the Bank.

 

(b)            Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and Subsidiaries and related consolidated statements of income and cash flow, unaudited but prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied fairly presenting the financial condition of the Borrower and Subsidiaries as at the dates thereof and for the periods covered thereby (except that such quarterly statements need not contain notes to the financial statements) and certified as complete by the chief financial officer of the Borrower, such balance sheets to be as at the end of such fiscal quarter and such statements of income and cash flow to be for such fiscal quarter and for the fiscal year to date, in each case together with a comparison to the results for the corresponding fiscal period of the immediately prior fiscal year.

 

(c)            At the time of delivery of each annual or quarterly report or financial statement of the Borrower, a certificate executed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower stating that he or she has reviewed this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and has no knowledge of any Event of Default or, if he or she has such knowledge, specifying each such Event of Default and the nature thereof.  Each such certificate given as at the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower will set forth the calculations necessary to evidence compliance with §§8.8-8.9.

 

17



 

(d)            As soon as possible and in any event within five days after the Borrower has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, the statement of the Borrower setting forth details of each such Default or Event of Default and the action which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(e)            Promptly after receipt, a copy of all audits or reports submitted to any Company by independent public accountants in connection with any annual special or interim audit of the books and records of such Company prepared by such accountants and any “management letter” prepared by such accountants.

 

(f)             Promptly after the commencement thereof, notice of all actions, suits and proceedings before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower is a party.

 

(g)            Promptly upon request, such other information respecting the financial condition, operations and prospects of the Borrower or any Subsidiary as the Bank may from time to time reasonably request.

 

8.8.           Total Liabilities to Tangible Net Worth Ratio .  The Borrower shall, at the end of each of its fiscal quarters, maintain a ratio of Total Liabilities to Tangible Net Worth not exceeding 2.00:1.00.

 

8.9            Debt Service Coverage Ratio .  For the  twelve month period ending on each May 31, August 31, November 30 and February 28(29), the Borrower will not permit the ratio of Operating Cash Flow to Debt Service to be less than 1.25:1.00.

 

8.10          Books and Records; Inspections .  The Borrower will maintain (and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain) complete and accurate books, records and accounts which will at all time accurately and fairly reflect all of its transactions in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.  The Borrower will, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours (and without any necessity for notice following the occurrence of an Event of Default), permit the Bank, and any agent or representatives thereof, to examine and make copies of and take abstracts from the records and books of account of, and visit the properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, directors and/or independent accountants, all of whom are hereby authorized and directed to cooperate with the Bank in carrying out the intent of this §8.10.  Each financial statement of the Borrower hereafter delivered pursuant to this Agreement will be complete and accurate and will fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower as at the date thereof and for the periods covered thereby; provided, as to interim statements, that footnotes and the information normally contained therein are not included and that such statements are subject to year-end adjustments.

 

 

18



 

9.              NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Without limitation of any other covenants and agreements contained herein or elsewhere, the Borrower agrees that so long as any Commitment under this Agreement is in effect, or any loan, Letter of Credit  or other obligations of the Borrower shall be outstanding:

 

9.1.           Indebtedness .  The Borrower will not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness (nor allow any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness), except for:

 

(a)            Indebtedness owed to the Bank;

 

(b)            Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary for taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies not yet due and payable;

 

(c)            unsecured current liabilities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than for money borrowed or for purchase money Indebtedness with respect to fixed assets) incurred upon customary terms in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)            purchase money Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations) hereafter incurred to equipment vendors, equipment lessor and other Persons providing purchase money financing to the Borrower for new equipment purchased or leased by the Borrower after the date hereof for use in the Borrower’s business; provided that the Indebtedness permitted under this clause (d) of this §9.1 will not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

 

(e)            other Indebtedness (not described in any of clauses (a)-(d) above) existing at the date hereof, but only to the extent set forth as item 9.1 of the attached Disclosure Schedule;

 

(f)             any guaranties or other contingent liabilities expressly permitted pursuant to §9.3; and

 

(g)            Any Synthetic Lease, so long as the Bank has previously approved the terms thereof in writing.

 

9.2.           Liens .  The Borrower will not create, incur, assume of suffer to exist (nor allow any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist) any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest, or other charge or encumbrance (including the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor) of any nature (collectively, “Liens”), upon or with respect to any of its property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired (including, without limitation, any trustee process affecting any account of the Borrower with the Bank), except that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:

 

(a)            Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies on property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without interest or penalty or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which serve as a matter of law to stay any enforcement thereof and as to which adequate reserves are maintained;

 

(b)            Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which serve as a matter of law to stay the enforcement thereof and as to which adequate reserves are maintained;

 

19



 

(c)            pledges or deposits under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, social security, retirement benefits or similar legislation;

 

(d)            Liens in favor of the Bank;

 

(e)            Liens in favor of equipment vendors, equipment lessors and other Persons securing any purchase money Indebtedness permitted by clause (d) of §9.1; provided that no such Lien will extend to any property of the Borrower other than the specific items of equipment financed;

 

(f)             rights of the licensee under any commercially reasonable license of technology or other intellectual property given by the Borrower to any of the Borrower’s customers in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(g)            refinancings, renewals or extensions of any of the foregoing Liens; provided, however, that no such refinanced, renewed or extended Lien at any time will extend to any property of any property of any Borrower or any Subsidiary other than the specific assets previously subject to such Liens;

 

(h)            easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere in the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(i)             other Liens existing at the date hereof, but only to the extent and with the relative priorities set forth on item 9.2 of the attached Disclosure Schedule.

 

9.3.           Guaranties .  The Borrower will not, without the prior written consent of the Bank, assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise become directly or contingently liable (including, without limitation, liable by way of agreement, contingent or otherwise, to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to or otherwise invest in any debtor or otherwise to assure any creditor against loss) (and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries so to assume, guaranty or become directly or contingently liable) in connection with any indebtedness of any other Person, except (a) guaranties by endorsement for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business, and (b) guaranties existing at the date hereof and described on item 9.3 of the attached Disclosure Schedule.

 

9.4.           Loans and Advances .  The Borrower will not make (and will not permit any Subsidiary to make) any loans or advances to any Person, including, without limitation, the Borrower’s directors, officers and employees, except (a) as described on item 4.4 of the attached Disclosure Schedule, (b) so long as no Default then exists, Affiliate Loans, (c)  advances to such directors, officers or employees with respect to expenses incurred by them in the ordinary course of their duties and advances against salary, all of which loans and advances under this clause (c) will not exceed, in the aggregate, $100,000 outstanding at any one time, and (d) advances for security deposits.

 

20



 

9.5.           Subsidiaries; Acquisitions .  Other than the acquisition concurrently herewith of all of the capital stock of C.I.M. Industries, Inc., which acquisition is expressly permitted, the Borrower will not, without the prior written consent of the Bank, make (and will not permit any Subsidiary to make) any acquisition of all or substantially all of the stock or other Equity Interest of any other Person or of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person, other than, any acquisition the purchase price for which does not exceed $1,000,000.  The Borrower will not become a partner in any partnership or limited liability company.  The Borrower will promptly inform the Bank if it forms any Subsidiaries after the date of this Agreement.

 

9.6.           Merger .  The Borrower will not, without the prior written consent of the Bank, merge or consolidate with any Person, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of (whether in one or more transactions) any material portion of its assets (including, without limitation, any material portion of its intellectual property), other than (a) in a sale of inventory in the ordinary course; and (b) licensing of any of its intellectual property in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business to another Person on commercially reasonable terms.

 

9.7.           Affiliate Transactions .  Except for transactions described on item 9.7 of the attached Disclosure Schedule, the Borrower will not, without the prior written consent of the Bank, enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, the purchase, sale or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate of the Borrower, except in the ordinary course and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the Borrower’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower than would be obtained in a comparable arms’-length transaction with any Person not an Affiliate; provided that nothing in this §9.7 shall be deemed to restrict the payment of salary or other similar payments to any officer or director of the Borrower at a level consistent with the salary and other payments being paid at the date of this Agreement and heretofore disclosed in writing to the Bank, nor to prevent the hiring of additional officers at a salary level consistent with industry practice, nor to prevent reasonable periodic increases in salary or benefits.

 

9.8.           Change of Structure, etc.   The Borrower will not change its corporate name or legal structure, nor will the Borrower change its fiscal year or materially change its methods of financial reporting unless, in each instance, prior written notice of such change is given to the Bank and prior to such change the Borrower enters into amendments to this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Bank in order to preserve unimpaired the rights of the Bank and the obligations of the Borrower hereunder.

 

9.9.           Hazardous Waste .  Except as provided below, the Borrower will not dispose of or suffer or permit to exist any hazardous material or oil on any site or vessel owned, occupied or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, nor shall the Borrower store (or permit any Subsidiary to store) on any site or vessel owned, occupied or operated by the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, or transport or arrange the transport of, any hazardous material or oil (the terms “hazardous material”, “oil” and “vessel”, respectively, being used herein with the meanings given those terms in Mass. Gen. Laws. Ch. 21E or any comparable terms in any comparable

 

21



 

statute in effect in any other relevant jurisdiction).  The Borrower shall provide the Bank with written notice of (i) the intended storage or transport of any hazardous material or oil by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (ii) any potential or known release or threat of release of any hazardous material or oil at or from any site or vessel owned, occupied or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, and (iii) any incurrence of any expense or loss by any government or governmental authority in connection with the assessment, containment or removal of any hazardous material or oil for which expense or loss the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be liable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may use, store and transport, and need not notify the Bank of the use, storage or transportation of, (x) oil in reasonable quantities, as fuel for heating of their respective facilities or for vehicles or machinery used in the ordinary course of their respective businesses and (y) hazardous materials that are solvents, cleaning agents or other materials used in the ordinary course of the respective business operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in reasonable quantities, as long as in any case the Borrower of the Subsidiary concerned (as the case may be) has obtained and maintains in effect any necessary governmental permits, licenses and approvals, complies with all requirements of applicable federal, state and local law relating to such use, storage or transportation, follows the protective and safety procedures that a prudent businessperson conducting a business the same as or similar t o that of the Borrower or such Subsidiary (as the case may be) would follow, and disposes of such materials (not consumed in the ordinary course) only through licensed providers of hazardous waste removal services.

 

9.10.         No Margin Stock .  No proceeds of any Loan shall be used directly or indirectly to purchase or carry any margin security.

 

9.11.         Negative Pledges .  The Borrower will not enter into (and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to enter into) any agreement, amendment or arrangement (excluding this Agreement or any other Loan Document) prohibiting or restricting (a) such Person from amending or otherwise modifying this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) the creation or assumption of any Liens upon its properties, revenues or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or (c) the ability of any such Person to make any payment or distribution, directly or indirectly, to the Borrower.

 

10.            DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

If any of the following events of default occurs, the Bank may do one or more of the following: declare the Borrower in default, stop making any additional credit available to the Borrower, and require the Borrower to repay its entire debt immediately and without prior notice.  If an event which, with notice or the passage of time, will constitute an event of default has occurred and is continuing, the Bank has no obligation to make advances or extend additional credit under this Agreement.  In addition, if any event of default occurs, the Bank shall have all rights, powers and remedies available under any instruments and agreements required by or executed in connection with this Agreement, as well as all rights and remedies available at law or in equity.  If an event of default occurs under the paragraph entitled “Bankruptcy,” below, with respect to the Borrower, then the entire debt outstanding under this Agreement will automatically be due immediately.  The occurrence of any one of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

 

22



 

(a)            The Borrower shall (i) fail to make any payment of interest within five (5) days of the date when due or (ii) fail to make any payment of principal hereunder or under any LC Draw Obligation on or before the date when due; or

 

(b)            Any representation or warranty of the Borrower contained herein shall at any time prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or any representation or warranty made by the Borrower in connection with any Loan or Letter of Credit shall at any time prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made; or

 

(c)            The Borrower shall default in the performance or observance of any agreement or obligation under §§8.2, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9 and 8.10 or any provision of Article 9 hereof; or

 

(d)            The Borrower shall default in the performance of any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement and such default shall continue unremedied for 30 days after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower, or

 

(e)            Any default on the part of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall exist, and shall remain unwaived or uncured beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or grace period, under any other contract, agreement or undertaking now existing or hereafter entered into with or for the benefit of the Bank (or any affiliate of the Bank), including without limitation, Swap Contract; or

 

(f)             Any other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the borrower for borrowed money or representing the deferred purchase price of the property in excess of $500,000 in aggregate principal amount or with respect to any instrument evidencing, guaranteeing, securing or otherwise relating to any such Indebtedness shall have been declared to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity or shall not have been paid at the stated maturity thereof; or

 

(g)            The Borrower shall be dissolved , or the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall become insolvent or bankrupt or shall cease paying its debts as they mature or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a trustee, receiver or liquidator shall be appointed for the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or for a substantial part of the property of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, or bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or similar proceedings shall be instituted by or against the Borrower or any such Subsidiary under the laws of any jurisdiction (except for an involuntary proceeding filed against the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower which is dismissed within 90 days following the institution thereof); or

 

(h)            Any execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against any material part of the property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and such execution or similar process shall not be paid, stayed, released, vacated or fully bonded within 10 days after its issue or levy; or

 

(i)             Any final uninsured judgment in excess of $500,000 shall be entered against any Borrower or any Subsidiary of the borrower by any court of competent jurisdiction and shall remain unpaid, unbonded or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or

 

23


 

(j)             The Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall fail to meet its minimum funding requirements under ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plan (or other class of benefit which the PBGC has elected to insure) or any such plan shall be the subject of termination proceedings (whether voluntary or involuntary) and there shall result from such termination proceedings a liability of the borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the PBGC which, in each case, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank may have material adverse effect upon the financial condition of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary; or

 

(k)            Any Loan Document shall for any reason (other than due to payment in full of all amounts evidenced thereby or due to discharge in writing by the Bank) not remain in full force and effect; or

 

(l)             Any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall cease to be a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary, except for Northeast Quality Products Co., Inc.

 

11.            ENFORCING THIS AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1.                         Rights and Remedies on Default .  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to the Bank hereunder or otherwise, the Bank may exercise any one or more of the following rights and remedies (all of which shall be cumulative):

 

(a)            Declare the entire unpaid principal amount due under this Agreement and then outstanding, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, any LC Draw Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Agreement, and all other Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Bank, to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the same shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

 

(b)            Terminate the arrangements for revolving loans and Letters of Credit provided for under Facility No. 1 under this Agreement.

 

(c)            Exercise all rights and remedies hereunder and under each and any other agreement with the Bank, and exercise all other rights and remedies which the Bank may have under applicable law.

 

11.2          Set-off .  Borrower hereby grants to Bank, a continuing lien, security interest and right of setoff as security for all liabilities and obligations to Bank, whether now existing or hereafter arising, upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Bank or any entity under the control of Bank of America, N.A. or its affiliates and its successors and assigns or in transit to any of them, At any time, without demand or notice (any such notice being expressly waived by Borrower), Bank may setoff the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE THE BANK TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS PRIOR TO THE EXERCISE BY THE BANK OF ITS RIGHT OF SET-OFF

 

24



 

UNDER THIS SECTION ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

 

11.3          Letters of Credit .  Without limitation of any other right or remedy of the Bank, (i) if an Event of Default shall have occurred and the Bank shall have accelerated the amounts due under this Agreement or (ii) if this Agreement and/or the revolving financing arrangements described herein shall have expired or shall have been earlier terminated by either the Bank or the Borrower for any reason, the Borrower will forthwith deposit with the Bank in cash a sum equal to 110% of the total of all then undrawn amounts of all outstanding letters of credit issued by the Bank for the account of the Borrower, such sum to be pledged to secure the Borrower’s reimbursement obligations.

 

11.4         GAAP .

 

Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, all financial information provided to the Bank and all financial covenants will be made under generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

 

11.5         Governing Law .

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  To the extent that the Bank has greater rights or remedies under federal law, whether as a national bank or otherwise, this paragraph shall not be deemed to deprive the Bank of such rights and remedies as may be available under federal law.

 

11.6         Successors and Assigns .

 

This Agreement is binding on the Borrower’s and the Bank’s successors and assignees.  The Borrower agrees that it may not assign this Agreement without the Bank’s prior consent.  The Bank may sell participations in or assign this loan, and may exchange information about the Borrower or any Subsidiary (including, without limitation, any information regarding any hazardous substances) with actual or potential participants or assignees.  If a participation is sold or the loan is assigned, the purchaser will have the right of set-off against the Borrower and any Guarantor.

 

11.7         Dispute Resolution Provision .

 

This paragraph, including the subparagraphs below, is referred to as the “Dispute Resolution Provision.”  This Dispute Resolution Provision is a material inducement for the parties entering into this agreement.

 

(a)                                   This Dispute Resolution Provision concerns the resolution of any controversies or claims between the parties, whether arising in contract, tort or by statute, including but not limited to controversies or claims that arise out of or relate to: (i) this agreement (including any renewals, extensions or modifications); or (ii) any document related to this agreement (collectively a “Claim”).  For the purposes of this Dispute Resolution Provision only, the term “parties” shall include any parent corporation, subsidiary or

 

25



 

affiliate of the Bank involved in the servicing, management or administration of any obligation described or evidenced by this agreement.

 

(b)                                  At the request of any party to this agreement, any Claim shall be resolved by binding arbitration in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9, U.S. Code) (the “Act”).  The Act will apply even though this agreement provides that it is governed by the law of a specified state.

 

(c)                                   Arbitration proceedings will be determined in accordance with the Act, the then-current rules and procedures for the arbitration of financial services disputes of the American Arbitration Association or any successor thereof (“AAA”), and the terms of this Dispute Resolution Provision.  In the event of any inconsistency, the terms of this Dispute Resolution Provision shall control.  If AAA is unwilling or unable to (i) serve as the provider of arbitration or (ii) enforce any provision of this arbitration clause, the Bank may designate another arbitration organization with similar procedures to serve as the provider of arbitration.

 

(d)                                  The arbitration shall be administered by AAA and conducted, unless otherwise required by law, in any U.S. state where real or tangible personal property collateral for this credit is located or if there is no such collateral, in the state specified in the governing law section of this agreement.  All Claims shall be determined by one arbitrator; however, if Claims exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), upon the request of any party, the Claims shall be decided by three arbitrators.  All arbitration hearings shall commence within ninety (90) days of the demand for arbitration and close within ninety (90) days of commencement and the award of the arbitrator(s) shall be issued within thirty (30) days of the close of the hearing.  However, the arbitrator(s), upon a showing of good cause, may extend the commencement of the hearing for up to an additional sixty (60) days.  The arbitrator(s) shall provide a concise written statement of reasons for the award.  The arbitration award may be submitted to any court having jurisdiction to be confirmed and have judgment entered and enforced.

 

(e)                                   The arbitrator(s) will give effect to statutes of limitation in determining any Claim and may dismiss the arbitration on the basis that the Claim is barred. For purposes of the application of any statutes of limitation, the service on AAA under applicable AAA rules of a notice of Claim is the equivalent of the filing of a lawsuit.  Any dispute concerning this arbitration provision or whether a Claim is arbitrable shall be determined by the arbitrator(s), except as set forth at subparagraph (h) of this Dispute Resolution Provision.  The arbitrator(s) shall have the power to award legal fees pursuant to the terms of this agreement.

 

(f)                                     This paragraph does not limit the right of any party to: (i) exercise self-help remedies, such as but not limited to, setoff; (ii) initiate judicial or non-judicial foreclosure against any real or personal property collateral; (iii) exercise any judicial or power of sale rights, or (iv) act in a court of law to obtain an interim remedy, such as but not limited to, injunctive relief, writ of possession or appointment of a receiver, or additional or supplementary remedies.

 

26



 

(g)                                  The filing of a court action is not intended to constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the suing party, thereafter to require submittal of the Claim to arbitration.

 

(h)                                  Any arbitration or trial by a judge of any Claim will take place on an individual basis without resort to any form of class or representative action (the “Class Action Waiver”).  Regardless of anything else in this Dispute Resolution Provision, the validity and effect of the Class Action Waiver may be determined only by a court and not by an arbitrator.  The parties to this Agreement acknowledge that the Class Action Waiver is material and essential to the arbitration of any disputes between the parties and is nonseverable from the agreement to arbitrate Claims. If the Class Action Waiver is limited, voided or found unenforceable, then the parties’ agreement to arbitrate shall be null and void with respect to such proceeding, subject to the right to appeal the limitation or invalidation of the Class Action Waiver.  The Parties acknowledge and agree that under no circumstances will a class action be arbitrated.

 

(i)                                      By agreeing to binding arbitration, the parties irrevocably and voluntarily waive any right they may have to a trial by jury in respect of any Claim.  Furthermore, without intending in any way to limit this agreement to arbitrate, to the extent any Claim is not arbitrated, the parties irrevocably and voluntarily waive any right they may have to a trial by jury in respect of such Claim.  This waiver of jury trial shall remain in effect even if the Class Action Waiver is limited, voided or found unenforceable.  WHETHER THE CLAIM IS DECIDED BY ARBITRATION OR BY TRIAL BY A JUDGE, THE PARTIES AGREE AND UNDERSTAND THAT THE EFFECT OF THIS AGREEMENT IS THAT THEY ARE GIVING UP THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

11.8         Severability; Waivers .

 

If any part of this Agreement is not enforceable, the rest of the Agreement may be enforced.  The Bank retains all rights, even if it makes a loan after default.  If the Bank waives a default, it may enforce a later default.  Any consent or waiver under this Agreement must be in writing.

 

11.9         Attorneys’ Fees .

 

The Obligors shall reimburse the Bank for any reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by the Bank in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement and any other documents executed in connection with this Agreement, and in connection with any amendment, waiver, “workout” or restructuring under this Agreement.  In the event of a lawsuit or arbitration proceeding, the prevailing party is entitled to recover costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the lawsuit or arbitration proceeding, as determined by the court or arbitrator.  In the event that any case is commenced by or against any Obligor under the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code) or any similar or successor statute, the Bank is entitled to recover costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by the Bank related to the preservation, protection, or enforcement of any rights of the Bank in such a case.  As used in this paragraph, “attorneys’ fees” includes the allocated costs of the Bank’s in-house counsel.

 

27



 

11.10       One Agreement .

 

This Agreement and any related security or other agreements required by this Agreement, collectively:

 

(a)                                   represent the sum of the understandings and agreements between the Bank and the Borrower concerning this credit;

 

(b)                                  replace any prior oral or written agreements between the Bank and the Borrower concerning this credit; and

 

(c)                                   are intended by the Bank and the Borrower as the final, complete and exclusive statement of the terms agreed to by them.

 

In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any other agreements required by this Agreement, this Agreement will prevail.  Any reference in any related document to a “promissory note” or a “note” executed by the Borrower and dated as of the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement, as now in effect or as hereafter amended, renewed, or restated.

 

11.11       Indemnification .

 

The Borrower will indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from any loss, liability, damages, judgments, and costs of any kind relating to or arising directly or indirectly out of (a) this Agreement or any document required hereunder, (b) any credit extended or committed by the Bank to the Borrower hereunder, and (c) any litigation or proceeding related to or arising out of this Agreement, any such document, or any such credit.  This indemnity includes but is not limited to attorneys’ fees (including the allocated cost of in-house counsel).  This indemnity extends to the Bank, its parent, subsidiaries and all of their directors, officers, employees, agents, successors, attorneys, and assigns.  This indemnity will survive repayment of the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank.  All sums due to the Bank hereunder shall be obligations of the Borrower, due and payable immediately without demand.

 

11.12       Notices .

 

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in another agreement between the Bank and the Borrower, all notices required under this Agreement shall be personally delivered or sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier, to the addresses on the signature page of this Agreement, or sent by facsimile to the fax numbers listed on the signature page, or to such other addresses as the Bank and the Obligors may specify from time to time in writing.  Notices and other communications shall be effective (i) if mailed, upon the earlier of receipt or five (5) days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, postage prepaid, (ii) if telecopied, when transmitted, or (iii) if hand-delivered, by courier or otherwise (including telegram, lettergram or mailgram), when delivered.

 

28



 

11.13       Headings .

 

Article and paragraph headings are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation or meaning of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.14       Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in as many counterparts as necessary or convenient, and by the different parties on separate counterparts each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original but all such counterparts shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

 

11.15       Obligor Information; Reporting to Credit Bureaus .

 

The Obligors authorize the Bank at any time to verify or check any information given by any Obligor to the Bank, check the Obligors’ credit references, verify employment, and obtain credit reports.  The Borrower agrees that the Bank shall have the right at all times to disclose and report to credit reporting agencies and credit rating agencies such information pertaining to the Borrower and/or all guarantors as is consistent with the Bank’s policies and practices from time to time in effect.

 

11.16       Limitation of Interest and Other Charges .

 

If, at any time, the rate of interest, together with all amounts which constitute interest and which are reserved, charged or taken by the Bank as compensation for fees, services or expenses incidental to the making, negotiating or collection of the loan evidenced hereby, shall be deemed by any competent court of law, governmental agency or tribunal to exceed the maximum rate of interest permitted to be charged by the Bank to the Borrower under applicable law, then, during such time as such rate of interest would be deemed excessive, that portion of each sum paid attributable to that portion of such interest rate that exceeds the maximum rate of interest so permitted shall be deemed a voluntary prepayment of principal.  As used herein, the term “applicable law” shall mean the law in effect as of the date hereof; provided, however, that in the event there is a change in the law which results in a higher permissible rate of interest, then this Agreement shall be governed by such new law as of its effective date.

 

12.            DEFINED TERMS

 

In addition to terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as used herein, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

 

“Acquisition”  Any acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets or over 80% of the equity interests of any Person or any division thereof

 

“Affiliate”   Any Person which, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Borrower; any officer or director of the Borrower; any Person owning of record or beneficially, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of any class of capital stock of the Borrower or 5% or more of any class of capital stock or other equity interest having voting power (under ordinary circumstances) of any of the other Persons described above; and any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing.

 

“Alternate Base Rate”  The greater of (A) (i) the sum of one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum, plus (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate or (B) the Prime Rate as in effect from time to time.

 

29



 

“Bank Certificate”   A certificate signed by an officer of the Bank setting forth any additional amount required to be paid by the Borrower to the Bank pursuant to §5.7 of this Agreement, which certificate shall be submitted by the Bank to the Borrower in connection with each demand made at any time by the Bank upon the Borrower with respect to any such additional amount, and each such certificate shall, save for manifest error, constitute preemptive evidence of claim by the Bank for all or any part of any additional amount required to be paid by the Borrower may be made before and/or after the end of the period to which such claim relates or during which such claim has arisen and before and/or after any payment hereunder to which such claim relates.  Each Bank Certificate shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for and the calculation of the claim to which it relates.

 

“Capital Expenditures”  As to any Person for any period, the sum of all amounts which would, in accordance with GAAP, be included as additions to property, plant and equipment and other Capital Expenditures for such period, including, without limitation, amounts with respect to capitalized leases.

 

“Capital Lease Obligations”   As to any person, the obligations of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof; to the extent such obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP.  For purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

“CERCLA” The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42, U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq ., as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499, 100 Stat. 1613.

 

“Debt Service”  For any period, the aggregate amount of principal and premium, if any, and interest and fees paid or required to be paid during such period in respect of all indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

“Default”  Any event or circumstance which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, could become an Event of Default.

 

“Earnings Before Interest and Taxes”  For any period, Net Income for such period plus taxes in respect of income and profits paid or accrued by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period and Interest Expense to the extent deducted in calculating Net Income for such period.

 

“Equity Interests”  Any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, partnership interests, member interests and any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing, other than equity interests or warrants, right or options issued in connection with the exercise by a present or former employee, officer or director under a stock incentive plan, stock option plan or other equity-based compensation plan or arrangement.

 

“ERISA”  The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

“Federal Funds Effective Rate”  For any day, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such

 

30



 

day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Bank from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Bank.

 

“GAAP”  generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time consistently applied.

 

“Guarantors”  collectively, C.I.M Industries, Inc., a New Hampshire corporation, RWA, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, Chase Facile, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation and Capital Services of New York, Inc., a New York corporation, each of which individually may be called a Guarantor.

 

“Impositions”  All present and future taxes, levies, duties, impositions, deductions, charges and withholdings applicable to the Bank with respect to any LIBOR Loan, excluding, however, any taxes imposed directly on the Bank’s income and any franchise taxes imposed on it by the Jurisdiction under the laws of which the Bank is organized or any political subdivision thereof or where the Bank does business.

 

“Indebtedness”  All obligations of a Person, whether current or long-term, senior or subordinated, which in accordance with GAAP would be included as liabilities upon such Person’s balance sheet at the date as of which indebtedness, is to be determined, and shall also include guaranties, endorsements (other than for collection in the ordinary course of business) or other arrangements whereby responsibility is assumed for the obligations of others, whether by agreement to purchase or otherwise acquire the obligations of others, including any agreement, contingent or otherwise, to furnish funds through the purchase of goods, supplies or services for the purpose of payment of the obligations of others.

 

“Interest Expense”  For any period, the aggregate amount of interest paid or required to be paid during such period in respect of all indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries  (including imputed interest on Capital Lease Obligations) and amortized debt discount for such period.

 

“LC Draw Obligation”  The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse the Bank on account of any drawing under any Letter of Credit as provided in §1.6(c).

 

“LC Exposure Amount”  At any time, the sum of (i) the aggregate undrawn stated amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all drawings under Letters of Credit for which the Bank shall not have received reimbursement by the Borrower as provided in §1.6(c).

 

“Loan Documents”  Each of this Agreement and each other instrument, document or agreement evidencing, securing, guaranteeing or relating in any way to any of the Loans, all whether now existing or hereafter arising or entered into.

 

“London”  The City of London in England.

 

“Material Adverse Effect”  A material adverse effect on (a) the business, property, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any Company to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Notes, the

 

31



 

Guarantee, or, taken as a whole, the other Loan Documents, or the rights or remedies of the Bank under this Agreement, or, taken as whole, the other Loan Documents.

 

“Net Income” (or “Net Loss”)   The book net income (or book net loss, as the case may be) of a Person for any period, after all taxes actually paid or accrued and all expenses and other charges determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

 

“Obligors”  Collectively, the Borrower and all Guarantors.

 

“Obligations”  All indebtedness, covenants, agreements, liabilities and obligations, now existing or hereafter arising, made by the Borrower with or for the benefit of the Bank or owed by the Borrower to the Bank in any capacity.

 

“Operating Cash Flow”  For any period, Earnings Before Interest and Taxes plus depreciation and amortization for such period, minus unfinanced Capital Expenditures, dividends and deferred compensation paid or incurred during such period, and minus any cash taxes paid.

 

“PBGC”  The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

 

“Person”  An individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

“Prime Rate”  That variable rate interest per annum designated by the Bank, from time to time, as being its prime rate, it being understood that such rate is merely a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate being charged to any customer.

 

“Subsidiary”  Any corporation or other entity of which a Person and/or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly, owns, or has the right to control or direct the voting of fifty (50%) percent or more of the outstanding capital stock or other ownership interest having general voting power (under ordinary circumstances).

 

“Synthetic Leases”  Means any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product where such transaction is considered borrowed money Indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease under GAAP.

 

“Tangible Net Worth”  At the applicable date, the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries minus (a) the sum of any amounts attributable to (i) goodwill, (ii) intangible items such as unamortized debt discount and expense, patents, trade and service marks and names, copyrights and research and development expenses except prepaid expenses, (iii) all reserves not already deducted from assets, (iv) any write-up in the book value of assets resulting from any revaluation thereof subsequent to the date hereof, and (v) the value of any minority interests in any companies, and (b) Total Liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

“Total Liabilities”  The aggregate amount of liability of a Person determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Any defined term used in the plural preceded by the definite article shall be taken to encompass all members of the relevant class. Any defined term used in the singular preceded by “any” shall be taken to indicate any number of the members of the relevant class.  All

 

32



 

calculations contemplated by financial terms used with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be made on a consolidated basis, in accordance with GAAP and any other financial definitions not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them under GAAP.

 

33



 

The Borrower executed this Agreement as of the date stated at the top of the first page, intending to create an instrument executed under seal.

 

 

CHASE CORPORATION.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Typed Name

 

 

Title

 

 

 

WITNESS

 

Address where notices to the Borrower are to be sent:

 

 

 

26 Summer Street

 

Bridgewater MA 02324

 

Attn:

 

Telephone:

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

34



 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Typed Name

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Address where notices to the Bank are to be sent:

 

100 Federal Street

 

Boston, MA 02110

 

Attn:  Peter McCarthy SVP

 

Mail Stop MA5-100-08-13

 

Facsimile: 617-434-1226

 

Federal law requires Bank of America, N.A. (the “Bank”) to provide the following notice. The notices is not part of the foregoing agreement or instrument and may not be altered.  Please read the notice carefully.

 

USA PATRIOT ACT NOTICE

 

Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account or obtains a loan.  The Bank will ask for the Borrower’s legal name, address, tax ID number or social security number and other identifying information.  The Bank may also ask for additional information or documentation or take other actions reasonably necessary to verify the identity of the Borrower, guarantors or other related persons.

 

35



 

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

 

Item 9.1:

 

Item 9.2:

 

Item 9.3:

 

Item 9.7:

 

36



 

EXHIBIT 8.2

 

COVENANT COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

The undersigned, being the Chief Financial Officer of Chase Corporation, do hereby certify to Bank of America, N.A. that, to the best of the knowledge of the undersigned, after review of the Loan Agreement (defined below) and appropriate inquiry, no Default or Event of Default, as each such term is defined in the Loan Agreement dated September      2009 (the “ Loan Agreement ”) has occurred and is continuing.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, I hereby certify that, based upon such financial information which I believe to be accurate, the Obligors are in compliance with the financial covenants, all as set forth in Section 8.3 and 8.4 of the Loan Agreement.  My calculations showing such compliance are attached hereto.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

CHASE CORPORATION

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

Date:

 

 

Show Calculations:

 

37




Exhibit 10.11.6

 

CHASE CORPORATION

2005 INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Stock Option Agreement

 

Chase Corporation (the “ Company ”) hereby grants to you (the “ Optionee ”) the following option (the “ Option ”) to purchase Common Stock of the Company:

 

Name of Optionee:

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares Subject to this Option:

 

 

 

Type of Option:

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

 

 

Grant Date:

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

Number of Vested Shares on Grant Date:

 

 

 

Vesting Period:

 

 

 

Number of Shares Vesting at end of each
Vesting Period:

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms of the Chase Corporation 2005 Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and this Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), which includes the incorporated terms and conditions attached to and made a part of this Agreement.  This Agreement is an Award Agreement issued under the Plan.

 

OPTIONEE

 

CHASE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

By:

 

Address:

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

CHASE CORPORATION

 

Stock Option Agreement
under the 2005 Incentive Plan

 

Incorporated Terms and Conditions

 

1.              Grant of Option . On the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Grant Date this Option to purchase at the exercise price per share set forth on the Signature Page of this Agreement the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth on said Signature Page.  This Option is granted pursuant to and is governed by Plan, the terms of which are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.  To the extent there is any inconsistency between the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.  Unless the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used herein without definitions shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Plan.  By signing this Agreement, the Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.

 

2.              Type of Option .  This Option is intended to qualify either as an ISO or an NQO, as set forth on the Signature Page of this Agreement.  If this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO, it is agreed that the Exercise Price is at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Grant Date (110% of Fair Market Value if Section 7.2 of the Plan applies).

 

3.              Exercisability Schedule .  The Optionee may exercise this Option for such number of Shares as have become exercisable pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth on the Signature Page of this Agreement.

 

4.              Exercise of Option . Prior to the Expiration Date (or such earlier date as set forth in Section 5 below), the Optionee may exercise this Option by delivering a Notice of Stock Option Exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Notice ”), signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this Agreement and payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan.  The Participant may purchase less than the number of shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share or for fewer than ten (10) whole shares.  The Optionee (or any other person entitled to exercise this Option) shall not be entitled to any rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares issuable upon exercise of this Option until such Shares shall have been registered on the stock transfer books of the Company in the name of the Optionee (or such other person).

 

5.              Exercise of Option After Termination of Employment.

 

(a)            Termination of service .  Except as otherwise determined by the Board, or as may otherwise be expressly provided in any employment agreement between the Company and the Optionee, upon the termination of the service of the Optionee to the Company (or to an affiliate), this Option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(i)             the date that is [   ] after the voluntary termination of the Optionee’s service or the termination of the Optionee’s service by the Company (or by an affiliate) other than for cause;

 



 

(ii)            the date of the termination of the Optionee’s service by the Company (or by an Affiliate) for cause;

 

(iii)           the date [one year] after the termination of the Optionee’s service by reason of Disability or death;

 

(v)            the specified expiration date of the Option, as set forth on the Signature Page.

 

Any portion of this Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination of the Optionee’s service with the Company, for any reason, shall terminate immediately and be null and void and of no further force and effect.

 

6.              Notice of Premature Disposition .  If this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO, as provided on the Signature Page of this Agreement, then if, within (2) two years from the Grant Date or within one (1) year after the issuance of Shares to the Optionee upon exercise of this Option, the Optionee makes a disposition (as defined in Section 424(c) of the Code) of any Shares, the Optionee shall notify the Treasurer of the Company within ten (10) days after such disposition.

 

7.              Restrictions on Transfer .  The Optionee shall not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of the Participant, this Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

 

8.              Withholding .  No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this Option.

 

9.              Amendment . The Board may at any time or times amend the Plan or this Agreement for the purpose of satisfying the requirements of any changes in applicable laws or regulations or for any other purpose which at the time may be permitted by law.  No termination, amendment of the Plan or amendment of this Agreement shall, without the Optionee’s consent, materially adversely affect the Optionee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

10.            Notices .  All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid.  Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

 

11.            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

12.            Counterparts .  For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

 



 

Exhibit A

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE

 

 

 

[DATE]

 

[   ]

[INSERT ADDRESS]

Attention:  Treasurer

 

Dear Sir or Madam

 

Pursuant to the terms of the stock option agreement between myself and Chase Corporation (the “Company”) dated                  (the “Agreement”), under the Company’s 2005 Incentive Plan, I, [Insert Name]                                    , hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such Option by including herein payment in the amount of $                     representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Underlying Shares]                 Shares.  I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

[ ]

 

1.

 

Cash

[ ]

 

2.

 

Certified or bank check payable to [   ]

[ ]

 

3.

 

Other (as described in the Plan (please describe))

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                                        .

 

In connection with my exercise of the Option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

 

(i)             I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act, or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

 

(ii)            I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

 

(iii)           I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

 

(iv)           I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Option Shares for an indefinite period of time.

 

(v)            I understand that the Shares have not be registered under the Securities Act (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or

 



 

exemptions from the registration requirements thereof).  I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing.

 

(vi)           I understand and agree that the Shares when issued will continue to be subject to the Plan.

 

 

Sincerely yours,

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

** GRAPHIC **

 

STANDARD PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT [#503]
(With Contingencies)

 

The parties make this Agreement this 21 st  day of May 2009,                 . This Agreement supersedes and replaces all obligations made in any prior Contract To Purchase or agreement for sale entered into by the parties.

 

1. Parties .

 

CHASE CORPORATION a Massachusetts Corporation with a business address of 26 Summer Street, Bridgewater, MA 02324 [insert name] , the “SELLER,” agrees to sell and CHASEBAY REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, INC. a Delaware LLC with business address of 70 Pleasant Street, West Bridgewater, MA 02379 [insert name] , the “BUYER,” agrees to buy, the premises described in paragraph 2 on the terms set forth below. BUYER may require the conveyance to be made to another person or entity (“Nominee”) upon notification in writing to SELLER at least five business days prior to the date for performance set forth in paragraph 5. Designation of a Nominee shall not discharge the BUYER from any obligation under this Agreement and hereby agrees to guarantee performance by the Nominee.

 

2. Description Of Premises . The premises (the “Premises”) consist of:

(a) the land with any and all buildings thereon known as 70 Pleasant Street, West Bridgewater, MA shown as a 3.29 acre parcel on plan recorded in the Plymouth County Registry of Deeds in Plan Book 44, Page 185, as more specifically described in a deed recorded in the Plymouth County Registry of Deeds at Book 20911, Page 25, a copy of which x is o is not [choose one] attached; and

 

(b) all structures, and improvements on the land and the fixtures,                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           but excluding                                                                                                                                                                                                                        [ insert references to refrigerators, dishwashers, microwave ovens, washing machines, dryers or other items, where appropriate]

 

3. Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Premises is $1,370,000.00 dollars of which $                        

$50,000.00 are paid with this Agreement;
$                                ,
$1,320,000.00 are to be paid at the time for performance by bank’s, cashier’s treasurer’s or certified check or by wire transfer.
$1,370,000.00 Total

 

4. Escrow . All funds deposited or paid by the BUYER shall be held in escrow by Seller’s Attorney, Jerome H. Fletcher in an              Iolta Account, subject to the terms of this Agreement and disbursed or credited to purchase price at closing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

/s/ AC

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ KLD

 

 

 

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

#503 3.07/214650

 

** GRAPHIC ** ©1999, 2000, 2002, 2006, 2007 MASSACHUSETTS ASSOCIATION OF REALTORS®

 



 

5. Time For Performance . The SELLER shall deliver the deed and the BUYER shall pay the balance of the purchase price at 12:00 o’clock p.m. on/or before the 2nd day of June, 2009,                           , at the Plymouth county (Brockton Office) Registry of Deeds, or at such other time and place as is mutually agreed in writing TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE AS TO EACH PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

6. Title/Plans . The SELLER shall convey the Premises by a good and sufficient quitelaim deed running to the Buyer or to the BUYER’S nominee, conveying good and clear record and marketable title to the Premises, free from liens and encumbrances, except:

 

(a) Real estate taxes assessed on the Premises which are not yet due and payable;

 

(b) Betterment assessment, if any, which are not a recorded lien on the date of this Agreement;

 

(c) Federal, state and local laws, ordinances, bylaws, rules and regulations regulating use of land, including building code zoning bylaws, health and environmental law;

 

(d) Rights and obligations in party walls;

 

(e) Any easement, restriction or agreement of record presently in force which does not interfere with the reasonable use (Illegible) the Premises as now used;

 

(f) Utility easements in the adjoining ways;

 

(g) Matters that would be disclosed by an accurate survey of the Premises; and

 

(h) NONE [insert in (h) references to any other easement, restriction, lease or encumbrance which may continue after title is transferred ]

 

If the deed refers to a plan needed to be recorded with it, at the time for performance the SELLER shall deliver the plan with the deed in proper form for recording or registration.

 

7. Title Insurance . BUYER’S obligations are contingent upon the availability (at normal premium rates) of an owner title insurance policy insuring BUYER’S title to the premises without exceptions other than the standard exclusions from coverage printed in the current American Land Title Association (“ALTA”) policy cover, the standard printed exception contained in the ALTA form currently in use for survey matters and real estate taxes (which shall only except real estate taxes not yet due and payable) and those exceptions permitted by paragraph 6 of this Agreement.

 

8. Closing Certifications and Documents . The SELLER shall execute and deliver simultaneously with the delivery of the deed such certifications and documents as may customarily and reasonably be required by the BUYER’S attorney.

 

/s/ AC

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ KLD

 

 

 

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initial

 

** GRAPHIC ** ©1999, 2000, 2002, 2006, 2007 MASSACHUSETTS ASSOCIATION OF REALTORS®

 

Produced with ZipForm TM  by RE FormsNet, LLC 18025 Fifteen Mile Road, Clinton Township, Michigan 48035 www.zipform.com

 

2



 

BUYER’S lender, BUYER’S lender’s attorney or any title insurance company insuring the BUYER’S title to the Premises, including, without limitation, certifications and documents relating to: (a) parties in possession of the premises; (b) the creation of mechanics’ or materialmen’s liens; (c) the HUD-1 Settlement Statement and other financial affidavits and agreements as may reasonably be required by the lender or lender’s attorney; (d) the citizenship and residency of SELLER as required by law; and (I) information required to permit the closing agent to report the transaction to the Internal Revenue Service. At the time of delivery of the deed, the SELLER may use monies from the purchase to clear the title, provided that all documents related thereto are recorded with the deed or within a reasonable time thereafter acceptable to the BUYER and , provided further, that discharges of mortgages from banks, credit unions, insurance companies and other institutional lenders may be recorded within a reasonable time after recording of the deed in accordance with usual conveyancing practices.

 

9. Possession And Condition Of Premises. At the time for performance the SELLER shall give the BUYER possession of the entire Premises, subject to existing occupants and tenants and free of all personal property, except property included in the sale or tenants permitted to remain. At the time for performance the Premises also shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 6, and deliver the premises in the same condition as the Premises now are, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and there shall be no outstanding notices of violation of any building, zoning, health or environmental law , bylaw, code or regulation, except as agreed. At the time of recording of the deed, or as otherwise agreed, the SELLER shall deliver to BUYER all keys to the Premises. Until delivery of the deed, the SELLER shall maintain insurance on the Premises in the same amount as currently insured. See also Paragraph 34.

 

10. Extension Of Time For Performance . If the SELLER cannot convey title as required by this Agreement or cannot deliver possession of the Premises as agreed, or if at the time of the delivery of the deed the Premises do not conform with the requirements set forth in this Agreement or the BUYER is unable to obtain title insurance in accordance with paragraph 7, upon written notice given no later than the time for performance from either party to the other, the time for performance shall be automatically extended for thirty (30) days, except that if BUYER’S mortgage commitment expires or the terms will materially and adversely change in fewer than thirty (30) days, the time for performance set forth in paragraph 5 shall be extended to one business day before expiration of the mortgage commitment. SELLER shall use reasonable efforts to make title conform or to deliver possession as agreed, or to make the Premises conform to the requirements of this Agreement. Excluding discharge of mortgages and liens, about which the SELLER has actual knowledge at the time of signing this Agreement, the SELLER shall not be required to incur costs or expenses totaling in excess of one-half (1/2) of one percent of the purchase price to make the title or the Premises conform or to deliver possession as agreed. If at the expiration of the time for performance, or if there has been an extension, at the expiration of the time for performance as extended, the SELLER, despite reasonable efforts, cannot make the title or Premises conform, as agreed, or cannot deliver possession, as agreed, or if during the period of this Agreement or any extension thereof, the SELLER has been unable to use proceeds from an insurance claim, if any, to make the Premises conform, then, at the BUYER’S election, any payments

 

/s/ AC

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ KLD

 

 

 

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

3



 

made by the BUYER pursuant to this Agreement shall be immediately returned. Upon return of all such funds, all obligations of the BUYER and SELLER shall terminate and this Agreement shall automatically become void and neither the BUYER nor SELLER shall have further recourse or remedy against the other.

 

11. Nonconformance Of Premises . If the Premises do not conform to the requirements of paragraph 9 because they have been damaged by fire or other casualty (occurring after the date of this Agreement) that is covered by insurance, then the BUYER shall have the right to elect whether or not to proceed to accept the Premises and take title. If BUYER elects to proceed BUYER shall have the right to elect to have the SELLER pay or assign to the BUYER, at the time for performance, the proceeds recoverable on account of such insurance, less any cost reasonably incurred by the SELLER for any incomplete repairs or restoration. If the SELLER, despite reasonable efforts, has neither been able to restore the Premises to its former condition nor to pay or assign to the BUYER the appropriate portion of insurance proceeds, the BUYER shall have the right to elect to have the SELLER give the BUYER a credit toward the purchase price, for the appropriate amount of insurance proceeds recoverable less any costs reasonably incurred by the SELLER for any incomplete restoration.

 

12. Acceptance Of Deed . The BUYER shall have the right to accept such title to the Premises as the SELLER can deliver at the time for performance and if extended, shall have such right at the time for performance, as extended. The BUYER shall also have the right to accept the Premises in the then current condition and to pay the purchase price without reduction of price. Upon notice in writing of BUYER’S decision to accept the Premises and title, the SELLLER shall convey title and deliver possession. Acceptance of a deed by the BUYER or BUYER’S nominee, if any, shall constitute full performance by the SELLER and shall be deemed to release and discharge the SELLER from every duty and obligation set forth in this Agreement, except any duty or obligation of the SELLER that the SELLER has agreed to perform after the time for performance.

 

13. Adjustments . At the time for performance of this Agreement adjustments shall be made as of the date of performance for current real estate taxes, fuel value, water rates, collected rents, uncollected rents (if and when collected by either party), security deposits, prepaid premiums on insurance if assigned. The net total of such adjustments shall be added to or deducted from the purchase price payable by the BUYER at the time for performance. If the real estate tax rate or assessment has not been established at the time for performance, apportionment of real estate taxes shall be made on the basis of the tax for the most recent tax year with either party having the right to request apportionment from the other within twelve months of the date that the amount of the current year’s tax is established.

 

No Broker involved with this sale.
See Paragraph 24.

 

/s/ AC

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ KLD

 

 

 

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

4



 

15. Buyer’s Default . If the BUYER or BUYER’S Nominee breaches this Agreement, all escrowed funds paid or deposited by the BUYER shall be paid to the SELLER as liquidated damages. Unless within 30 days after the time for performance of this Agreement or any extension hereof the Seller otherwise notifies the Buyer in writing.

 

/s/ AC

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ KLD

 

 

 

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

5



 

19. Certificate of Approved Installation . To the best of Sellers knowledge the Premises have approved smoke detectors and carbon monoxide detectors and Buyer waives any obligation of the Seller to provide a Certificate of approved installation from the West Bridgewater Fire Dept.

 

20. Warranties and Representations . The seller represents and warrants the premises is/ x [choose one] served by a septic system or cesspool. The SELLER further represents and warrants that SELLER has full authority to enter into this Agreement. The buyer is not relying upon any representation, verbal or written, from seller concerning legal use. The BUYER acknowledges that there are no warranties or representations made by the SELLER on which BUYER relies in making this Offer, except (Illegible) previously made in writing and the following: NONE                                                                                                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

[If none, state “none”; if any listed, indicate by whom the warranty or representation was made.]

 

21. Notices . All notices required or permitted to be made under this Agreement shall be in writing and deliver in hand, sent by certified mail, return receipt requested or sent by United States Postal Service overnight Express Mail other overnight delivery service, addressed to the BUYER or SELLER or their authorized representative at the address forth in this paragraph. Such notice shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery or, if sent by certified mail on date of delivery set forth in the receipt or in the absence of a receipt three business days after deposited or, if sent overnight mail or delivery, the next business day after deposit with the overnight mail or delivery service, whether or not signature is required. Acceptance of any notice, whether by delivery or mail, shall be sufficient if accepted or signed by person having express or implied authority to receive same. Notice shall also be deemed adequate if given in any other form permitted by law. [If there are multiple buyers, identify the mailing address of each buyer in paragraph 23.]

 

 

CHASEBAY REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS INC.

 

CHASE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

BUYER

70 Pleasant St. West Bridgewater,

SELLER

26 Summer Street,

 

MA 02379

 

Bridgewater, MA 02324

Copy To:

Kevin Barry, Esq.

Copy To:

Jerome H. Fletcher, Esq.

Address:

150 Federal Street

Address:

63 Main Street, P.O. Box 53

 

Boston, MA02110

 

Bridgewater, MA 02324

 

Tel No. 617-951-8368

 

Tel No. 508-697-7574

 

Fax No. 6617-951-8736

 

Fax No. 508-697-1935

 

22. Counterparts / Facsimiles / Construction of Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in counterpart Signatures transmitted by facsimile shall have the effect of original signatures. This Agreement shall be construed a Massachusetts contract; is to take effect as a sealed instrument; sets forth the entire agreement between the parties;

 

/s/ AC

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ KLD

 

 

 

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

6



 

binding upon and is intended to benefit the buyer and seller and each of ther respective heirs, devisees, executors, administrators, successors and assigns; and may be canceled, modified or amended only by a written agreement executed by both the SELLER and the BUYER. If two or more persons are named as BUYER their obligations are joint and several. If the SELLER or BUYER is a trust, corporation, limited liability company or entity whose representative executes this Agreement in a representative or fiduciary capacity, only the principal or the trust or estate represented shall be bound, and neither the trustee, officer, shareholder or beneficiary shall be personally liable for any obligation, express or implied. The captions and any notes are used only as a matter of convenience and are not to be considered a part of this Agreement and are not to be used in determining the intent of the parties. Any matter or practice which has not been addressed in this agreement and which is the subject of a Title Standard or Practice of the Real Estate Bar Association for Massachusetts, formerly known as the Massachusetts Conveyancers Association, at the time of performance shall be governed by the Standard of Practice of the Massachusetts Real Estate Bar for Massachusetts.

 

23. Additional Provisions . See attached Rider I attached hereto and incorporated as a part of this Agreement.

 

UPON SIGNING, THIS DOCUMENT WILL BECOME A LEGALLY BINDING AGREEMENT.
IF NOT UNDERSTOOD, SEEK ADVICE FROM AN ATTORNEY.

 

CHASERBAY REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS INC.

 

CHASE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY

/s/ Andrew Chase

5/21/09

 

BY

/s/ Kenneth L. Dumas

5/22/09

BUYER

Date

 

SELLER

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUYER

Date

 

SELLER, or spouse

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUYER

Date

 

SELLER, or spouse

Date

 

Escrow Agent . By signing below, the escrow agent agrees to perform in accordance with paragraph 4, but does not otherwise become a party to this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

ESCROW AGENT or representative

Date

 

/s/ AC

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ KLD

 

 

 

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

BUYER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

SELLER’S Initials

 

7



 

RIDER I TO PURCHASE & SALES AGREEMENT

 

SELLER:

 

CHASE CORPORATION

 

 

 

BUYER:

 

CHASEBAY REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

RE: 70

 

Pleasant Street, West Bridgewater, MA

 

I                              Construction of Agreement

 

This Rider is hereby made an integral part of the Purchase and Sales Agreement described above. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Purchase and Sales Agreement and those of this Rider, the terms and conditions of the Rider shall control.

 

Additional Terms

 

Paragraph 16: BUYERs Financing —The BUYER acknowledges a written commitment for purchase mortgage financing in the amount of $ 1,300,000 has been received prior to the mutual execution of this Agreement with terms and conditions acceptable to the BUYER and this Agreement is only contingent upon the completion of the financing by the lender granting such commitment. BUYER agrees to exercise all due diligence to satisfy the terms of the commitment and to expedite the completion of the financing, time being of the essence of this Agreement.

 

In the event the Lender granting the commitment fails to provide such financing, through no fault of the BUYER, then all obligations of the BUYER and SELLER shall cease and this Agreement shall become void with all money deposits by BUYER to be returned.

 

Paragraph 24: Broker —The BUYER and SELLER each represent and warrant to the other that each has not contacted any real estate broker in connection with this transaction and was not directed to the other as a result of any services or facilities of any real estate broker. Each agrees to indemnify the other against and to hold the other harmless from any claim, loss, damage, costs or liabilities for any brokerage commission or fee which may be asserted against the other in connection with this transaction arising out of the contacts of each with any real estate brokers. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive delivery of the deed.

 

Paragraph 25: Post Closing Adjustments —If any errors of omissions are found to have occurred in any calculations of figures used in the Settlement Statement signed by the parties (or would have been included if not for any such error or omission) and notice hereof is given within two months of the date of delivery of the deed to the party to be charged, then such party agrees

 



 

to make a payment to correct the error or omission. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive delivery of the deed.

 

Paragraph 34: Inspections/Survey— Condition of Premises —The BUYER and/or its principals acknowledge and represent the BUYER is familiar with the current condition of the premises and has waived inspections or is otherwise satisfied with the condition of the premises for conveyance purposes without exception.

 

The BUYER agrees that any inspection or evaluation of the premises for purchase and/or financing purposes shall be at the sole expense and risk of the BUYER. The BUYER further acknowledges and agrees the premises are being sold and conveyed to the BUYER on a “present existing condition” basis without representation, warranty or covenant express or implied as to condition or compliance with any law (structural, environmental, mechanical or otherwise) other than those specifically set forth in this Agreement and the SELLER shall have no further obligations, liabilities or responsibilities under this contract or any Rider hereto upon completion of closing by delivery, acceptance and recording of deed by BUYER.

 

Paragraph 35: Existing Lease —The BUYER and/or its principals acknowledge and represent that the BUYER is familiar with the terms and provisions of the current lease described herein and the SELLER and BUYER mutually agree that all of the SELLER’s “interest” as Landlord in an existing lease for the premises between Chase Corporation (Landlord) and Sunburst Electronic Manufacturing Solution, Inc. (Tenant) dated December 1, 2003 as extended through November 30, 2009 by letter Agreement dated November 27, 2006 (See attached Exhibit A) is to be assigned by the SELLER to the BUYER and that as a condition of SELLER. Assignment the tenant shall:

 

1.                          Execute an attornment to the BUYER in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 14 of said lease.

 

2.                          Execute a general release of SELLER from any and all liabilities, claims or obligations past, present or future arising out of the terms of said lease or the leasehold premises.

 

Paragraph 36: By executing this Agreement, the BUYER and SELLER hereby grant to their attorneys the actual authority to bind them for the sole limited purpose of allowing them to cancel, grant extensions, modify or amend this agreement in writing, and the BUYER and SELLER shall be able to rely upon the signatures of said attorneys as binding unless they have actual knowledge that the principals have disclaimed the authority granted herein to bind them. Further, for purposes of this agreement, facsimile signatures on such written instruments shall be binding.

 

Paragraph 37: State of Title —Any questions regarding the state of the title which is the subject of a Title Standard or Practice Standard of the Massachusetts Conveyancers Association at the time for delivery of the deed shall be covered by said Title Standard or Practice Standard to the extent applicable. It is understood and agreed by the parties that the premises shall not be in conformity with the title provisions of the agreement unless upon the date of closing:

 



 

1.                          All buildings, structures and improvements, including but not limited to all means of pedestrian access, driveways, paths, garages, septic systems, and all means of access to the premises, shall be located completely within the boundary lines of said premises and shall not encroach upon or under the property of any other person or entity;

 

2.                          No building, structure or improvement of any kind belonging to any other person or entity shall encroach upon or under said premises.

 

3.                          The premises shall abut a public way, duly laid out or accepted as such by the Town of West Bridgewater.

 

4.                          The premises are served by municipal water and Title V approved septic system.

 

Paragraph 38: Construction of Agreement —This Agreement, executed in multiple counterparts, is to be construed as a Massachusetts contract, is to take effect as a sealed instrument, sets forth the entire contract between the Parties, is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective heirs, devisees, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and may be canceled, modified or amended only by a written instrument executed by both the SELLER and the BUYER or their respective attorneys. The Parties may rely upon facsimile copies of such written instruments. If two or more persons are named herein as BUYER and/or SELLER, their respective obligations hereunder shall be joint and several. The captions and marginal notes are used only as a matter of convenience and are not to be considered a part of this agreement or to be used in determining the intent of the Parties to it.

 

Paragraph 39: Agreement Confidentiality —SELLER and BUYER agree that they shall maintain the confidentiality of this Agreement and all information that either receives from the other hereunder, except only such disclosure to SELLER’s or BUYER’s respective counsel, lenders, and other consultants who require such information to advise SELLER or BUYER, as applicable, relating to the transaction contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding, the SELLER agrees to provide BUYER with a copy of any public disclosure of the purchase by the BUYER required of the SELLER in accordance with any Federal or State laws, rules and regulations including but not limited to the Federal Security and Exchange Commission.

 

Paragraph 40: Approvals —The SELLER agrees to assign and otherwise transfer to the BUYER as a part of the transfer deed or otherwise any federal, state and/or local licenses, permits and approvals standing in the name of the SELLER, if any, pertaining to the BUYER’s business use of the premises for electronic assembly.

 



 

 

 

CHASE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Kenneth L. Dumas

 

 

SELLER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHASEBAY REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Andrew Chase

 

 

BUYER

 




Exhibit 10.15.1

 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

the Shareholders of C.I.M. Industries Inc.,

 

C.I.M. Industries Inc.

 

and

 

CHASE CORPORATION

 

Dated as of September 1, 2009

 



 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of September 1, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”), is by and among (i) Thomas A. Palmer, Trustee of the Thomas A. Palmer Family Trust, Robert E. Scribner, Trustee of the Robert E. Scribner Family Trust, Scott S. Scribner, Paul W. Sullivan, and Richard H. Stephens (collectively, the “ Shareholders ”), who are the holders of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock (the “ Shares ”) of C.I.M. Industries Inc., a New Hampshire corporation (the “ Company ”), (ii) Chase Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the “ Buyer ”), and (iii) the Company.

 

WHEREAS, the Buyer desires to purchase from the Shareholders, and the Shareholders desire to sell to the Buyer, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein (the “ Stock Purchase ”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

Certain Definitions

 

As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

Section 1.1              Ancillary Agreements ” mean, collectively, the Notes (as defined in Section 2.3(a)(ii) hereof), the Lease (as defined in Section 2.4(c) hereof), and the Non-Compete Agreements with the Shareholders (as defined in Section 2.4(b) hereof).

 

Section 1.2              Business Condition ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 hereof.

 

Section 1.3              Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in Massachusetts are permitted or required to be closed.

 

Section 1.4              Closing ” shall mean the consummation of the transactions contemplated by Article 2 of this Agreement in accordance with the terms and upon the conditions set forth herein (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 1.5).

 

Section 1.5              Closing Date ” shall mean Friday, September 4, 2009; provided, that the Closing and the Closing Date shall not be deemed to have occurred unless and until all of the conditions of Closing set forth in this Agreement (including, without limitation, the receipt by each Shareholder of his respective portion of the Cash Consideration payable at the Closing) have been satisfied or waived on or before 12:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on September 4, 2009, time being of the essence ; provided, that such time on said date may be extended by the mutual agreement of the Buyer and the Shareholder Representatives (as defined in Section 2.5(a)).  If all of such Closing conditions have not been satisfied or waived by 12:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on

 



 

Friday, September 4, 2009 (or, if applicable, such later time on said date as may be approved by the Buyer and the Shareholder Representatives), then the Closing and the Closing Date shall not be deemed to have occurred and this Agreement shall automatically terminate.

 

Section 1.6              Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto.

 

Section 1.7              ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

Section 1.8              Proportionate Share ” shall mean, with respect to a particular Shareholder, such Shareholder’s proportionate ownership of the Shares (expressed as a percentage), as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

Section 1.9              Shares ” shall mean all of the outstanding shares of common stock, $1.00 par value, of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

Sale of Stock; Closing; Shareholder Representatives

 

Section 2.1              Purchase and Sale .  On the basis of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth herein, on the Closing Date the Shareholders will sell, and the Buyer will purchase, all of the Shares owned by the Shareholders, which constitute all of the issued and outstanding Shares.

 

Section 2.2              Time and Place of Closing .  The Closing shall take place at 10:00 a.m. on the Closing Date at the offices of Cook, Little, Rosenblatt & Manson, p.l.l.c., 1000 Elm Street, 20 th  Floor, Manchester, New Hampshire 03101.  In lieu of physical delivery of Closing documents on the Closing Date, the parties may, at their option, elect to deliver on the Closing Date any or all of such Closing documents by facsimile, emailed pdf files, or other means of electronic communication mutually agreed by the parties, in which case originals of such documents shall also promptly be delivered following the Closing.

 

Section 2.3              Payment of Purchase Price .

 

(a)            Purchase Price .  The purchase price for the Shares (the “ Purchase Price ”) consists of a combination of cash and the delivery of promissory notes of the Buyer, all as hereinafter set forth in this Section.  The various components of the Purchase Price shall be allocated among the Shareholders according to their respective Proportionate Shares.  At the Closing:

 

(i)             the Buyer shall pay or cause to be paid to the Shareholders, by wire transfer of immediately available funds (with respect to a particular Shareholder, to such account of such Shareholder as is specified in Exhibit A ), an amount (the “ Cash

 

2



 

Consideration ”) equal to Sixteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($16,500,000), subject to adjustment following the Closing as set forth in Sections 2.3(b)(i) and 2.3(c), and also subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(f); and

 

(ii)            Buyer will deliver to the Shareholders non-negotiable promissory notes (the “ Notes ”) in the aggregate principal amount of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

(b)            Company Cash .  All of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents (including marketable securities) as of the Closing Date (the “ Company Cash ”) will be treated as follows:

 

(i)             the NWC Cash (as defined in Section 2.3(c)(v)) shall be retained by the Company and shall be used in determining the Cash-Adjusted Closing Net Working Capital (as defined in Section 2.3(c)); and

 

(ii)            the remainder of the Company Cash (the “ Retained Company Cash ”), as determined at Closing by the Shareholder Representatives and the Buyer, will be retained by the Company and will be added to the amount of the Cash Consideration portion of the Purchase Price.

 

(c)            Net Working Capital .  The Company shall prepare a preliminary balance sheet of the Company as of the close of business on the Closing Date, which preliminary balance sheet shall be prepared on a basis consistent with the Company’s past practices and shall show the projected financial condition of the Company as of the close of business on the Closing Date.  Such preliminary balance sheet shall be delivered by the Company to the Buyer on or before the Closing.  In addition, within ten (10) days following the Closing Date, the Company’s current accounting firm, Maloney & Kennedy, PLLC, shall deliver to the Shareholder Representatives (as defined in Section 2.5) and the Buyer an actual balance sheet of the Company as of the Closing Date, which balance sheet (the “ Closing Balance Sheet ”) shall be prepared by the Company’s controller on a basis consistent with the Company’s past practices.  To the extent that the actual Net Working Capital as of the Closing (the “ Closing Net Working Capital ”), as shown in the Closing Balance Sheet, plus the NWC Cash (said sum being the “ Cash-Adjusted Closing Net Working Capital ”), varies from One Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,750,000) the (“ NWC Target ”), the Cash Consideration portion of the Purchase Price will be adjusted dollar-for-dollar, up or down, in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)             As used herein, “ Net Working Capital ” means the Company’s total current assets (excluding cash, marketable securities, and notes receivable, and including accounts receivable and prepaid expenses) less total current liabilities, as computed in accordance with GAAP (as defined in Section 4.3).  Attached hereto as Exhibit J is a computation showing the Company’s Net Working Capital as of June 30, 2009 based on the 2009 Interim Financial Statements (as defined in Section 4.3(a)(ii)), and the amount of the Closing Net Working Capital shall be computed in the same manner shown in Exhibit J .

 

3



 

(ii)            The Closing Net Working Capital will be reduced dollar for dollar with respect to (i) any accounts receivable of the Company listed on Schedule 2.3(c)(ii)  hereto, which Schedule 2.3(c)(ii)  shall be amended as of the Closing Date to include any accounts receivable that are ninety (90) or more days past the invoice date (the “ Excluded Accounts Receivable ”), and (ii) any inventory of the Company listed on Schedule 2.3(c)(ii)  hereto (the “ Excluded Inventory ”).  A count of the Company’s inventory at its Houston, Texas facility was made by the Company on Friday, August 28, 2009 (the “ Inventory Count ”), and representatives of the Buyer and of the Company’s accounting firm were present to observe the Inventory Count.  At the Closing, the Shareholder Representatives and the Buyer shall (A) update and agree upon the value of the Company’s inventory as of the Closing Date, using the Company’s established method of accounting and basing such value on the Inventory Count with adjustments for purchased raw materials received by the Company, raw materials processed by the Company, and inventory shipped by the Company subsequent to August 28, 2009 and prior to the Closing Date (such adjustments to be based on documentation provided by the Company in support thereof), and (B) estimate, and shall attempt to agree upon, the amount of the Closing Net Working Capital.  If, at the Closing, the Shareholder Representatives and the Buyer are unable to agree upon the amount of the Closing Net Working Capital, then they shall mutually determine the amount of the Net Working Capital within thirty (30) days following the Closing; provided, that, if they are unable to do so within such thirty (30) day period, then the determination of the amount of the Closing Net Working Capital shall be made by Ernst & Young LLP (or if such firm is unable or unwilling to do so, another mutually-agreed independent firm of nationally recognized public accountants that does not provide a material amount of services to either the Buyer or the Company) (the “ Neutral Accountants ”), and the fees and expenses charged by the Neutral Accountants shall be paid fifty percent (50%) by the Buyer and fifty percent (50%) by the Shareholders.

 

(iii)           If the Cash-Adjusted Closing Net Working Capital exceeds the NWC Target, then the amount of the Cash Consideration shall be increased by the excess amount.  In such case, if the amount of the Cash-Adjusted Closing Net Working Capital is determined at the Closing, then the excess amount shall be added to the Cash Consideration and such adjusted Cash Consideration amount shall be paid by the Buyer to the Shareholders at the Closing; otherwise, if the amount of the Cash-Adjusted Closing Net Working Capital is determined after the Closing, then the excess amount shall be paid by the Buyer to the Shareholders (in accordance with their respective Proportionate Shares), by wire transfer of immediately available funds (or such other form of payment as may be acceptable to the Shareholder Representatives), within ten (10) days following the date on which the Cash-Adjusted Closing Net Working Capital is so determined.

 

(iv)           If the Cash-Adjusted Closing Net Working Capital is less than the NWC Target, then the amount of the Cash Consideration shall be decreased by the deficiency amount.  In such case, if the amount of the Cash-Adjusted Closing Net Working Capital is determined at the Closing, then the deficiency amount shall be subtracted from the Cash Consideration and such adjusted Cash Consideration amount shall be paid by the Buyer to the Shareholders at the Closing; otherwise, if the amount of

 

4



 

the Cash-Adjusted Closing Net Working Capital is determined after the Closing, then the deficiency amount shall be paid by the Shareholders (in accordance with their respective Proportionate Shares) to the Buyer, by wire transfer of immediately available funds (or such other form of payment as may be acceptable to the Buyer), within ten (10) days following the date on which the Cash-Adjusted Closing Net Working Capital is so determined.

 

(v)            Prior to the Closing, the Shareholders Representatives shall estimate the Closing Net Working Capital amount.  To the extent that such estimated amount is less than the NWC Target, the Shareholders Representatives shall cause the Company to retain an amount of cash (the “ NWC Cash ”) equal to the estimated deficiency and shall notify the Buyer and the Shareholders of the Closing Net Working Capital amount and the amount of NWC Cash.

 

(vi)           To the extent any of the Excluded Accounts Receivable are subsequently paid or any of the Excluded Inventory is subsequently sold within twelve (12) months of the Closing, the respective proceeds (of collection and/or sale) shall be remitted promptly by the Buyer to the Shareholders pro rata in accordance with their  respective Proportionate Shares.  Buyer shall make reasonable efforts to collect the Excluded Accounts Receivables and to sell the Excluded Inventory.  For purposes hereof, if a customer pays an invoice that Is not specifically applicable to a particular account receivable, the amount received shall be applied to the oldest account receivable(s) for that customer on the Company’s books.

 

(d)            Warranty Claims .  As of the Closing, the Company shall have accrued an expense of $57,920.39 (the “ Reserved Product Warranty Expense Accrual ”) for product warranty claims, including warranty expenditures and materials, related to the Stillwater Dam project and the Center Ethanol project (the “ Reserved Product Warranty Claims ”).  The Reserved Product Warranty Expense Accrual is in addition to $46,273.49 ($42,079.61 paid to Purcell and $4,193.88 for materials shipped for Purcell’s use) of warranty expenditures made to date by the Company on the Stillwater Dam project.  The Reserved Product Warranty Expense Accrual shall be considered a current liability of the Company for purposes of calculating the Closing Net Working Capital.

 

(e)            Houston Warehouse .

 

(i)             The construction of the Company’s warehouse at its Houston, Texas facility (the “ Houston Warehouse ”) has received a certificate of occupancy.  The Shareholders shall be responsible for the payment of all amounts required to (A) obtain the release of all mechanic’s liens pertaining to the construction of the Houston Warehouse filed against the Houston Warehouse real estate prior to the Closing Date (the “ Houston Warehouse Construction Liens ”), and (B) resolve any costs incurred by the Company arising out of disputes involving the construction of the Houston Warehouse (the “ Houston Warehouse Dispute Costs ”), including any such disputes between the Company and its former general contractor, The Hartford Construction Group, LLC (“ Hartford Construction ”), or any of Hartford Construction’s agents, or between the Company and any suppliers or materialmen to the

 

5



 

Houston Warehouse construction project (as an example, and not by way of limitation, the Houston Warehouse Dispute Costs include reasonable legal fees incurred by the Company in any litigation involving such disputes); provided, that any recovery made by the Company from Hartford Construction, any such suppliers or materialmen, or otherwise related to the Houston Warehouse construction project, whether by way of counterclaim or otherwise, shall be netted against the Houston Warehouse Dispute Costs.

 

(ii)            Prior to the Closing, the Company shall deposit the sum of Two Hundred Thirty-one Thousand Five Hundred Ninety-six and 78/100 Dollars ($231,596.78) (the “ Houston Holdback Amount ”) into a trust account (the “ Trust Account ”) with the Company’s law firm, Cokinos, Bosien & Young or such other law firm as the Shareholder Representatives and the Buyer may designate at any time hereafter (the “ Law Firm ”).  The Trust Account shall be maintained until all of the Houston Warehouse Construction Liens have been released or such earlier date as may be mutually agreed by the Shareholder Representatives and the Buyer, provided that the Law Firm shall be entitled to withdraw Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) out of such Trust Account for payment of its fees and expenses and settlement of individual liens (the “ Law Firm Fees and Expenses ”) and may interplead the remaining funds in the Trust Account with the court having applicable jurisdiction over the Houston Warehouse Construction Liens (the “ Interpleaded Funds ”).  If any amounts are required to be expended to obtain releases of the Houston Warehouse Construction Liens or to pay for Houston Warehouse Dispute Costs beyond the Houston Holdback Amount, then such excess amounts shall be deemed to be Claims (as defined in Section 6.2) and shall be subject to the Buyer’s indemnification rights under Section 6.2.  Upon (A) the release of all of the Houston Warehouse Construction Liens, and (B) the payment of (or provision for payment of) all Houston Warehouse Dispute Costs, then any remaining portion of the Houston Holdback Amount shall be paid to the Shareholders pro rata according to their respective Proportionate Shares.

 

(iii)           No funds, except for the Law Firm Fees and Expenses and the Interpleaded Funds, shall be expended from the Trust Account without the approval of the Shareholder Representatives and the Buyer.

 

(iv)           The Shareholder Representatives and the Buyer shall confer or discuss by telephone (or, if necessary, meet at a mutually-agreed location) no less than monthly to review the status of Houston Warehouse Construction Liens and Houston Warehouse Dispute Costs and, except for the Law Firm Fees and Expenses and the Interpleaded Funds, to jointly approve the withdrawal from the Houston Holdback Account and distribution to the Shareholders of such amounts as may be appropriate in light of liens that have been released and costs resolved.  In the event the Houston Holdback Amount proves insufficient to satisfy in full all such requirements and costs, then such excess amounts shall be deemed to be Claims (as defined in Section 6.2) and shall be subject to the Buyer’s indemnification rights under Section 6.2.

 

(f)             Einhorn .  Einhorn Associates, Inc. (“ Einhorn ”) is serving as investment banker for the Company and the Shareholders and is entitled to a fee upon the consummation of the Stock Purchase.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the

 

6



 

Shareholders hereby request that Buyer pay, and Buyer hereby agrees to pay, a certain portion of the Purchase Price otherwise payable to the Shareholders, as follows:

 

(i)             with respect to the Cash Consideration payable to the Shareholders, (A) Buyer shall pay to Einhorn, from the Cash Consideration payable at the Closing, such amount as is designated by the Shareholder Representatives as being payable to Einhorn at the Closing (the “ Einhorn Closing Payment ”), which amount shall be completed in Exhibit A , and (B) Buyer shall pay the balance of the Cash Consideration payable to the Shareholders at the Closing pro rata in accordance with their respective Proportionate Shares (as set forth in Exhibit A ); and

 

(ii)            with respect to any payment of principal, interest, or late charges under each Note, Buyer shall pay (A) one percent (1%) of the amount of such payment to Einhorn, and (B) the balance of such payment amount to the payee of such Note.

 

Any such payment to Einhorn shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such bank or other financial institution account for Einhorn as is set forth in Exhibit A (or to such other account with a bank or other financial institution located within the United States as may hereafter be designated by Einhorn in writing to Chase).

 

(g)            Notices to Shareholders .  Buyer agrees that it shall provide prompt written notice to all Shareholders (using the list of names and addresses as provided herein or as updated in writing by the Shareholder Representatives) of each post-Closing payment made by Buyer to the Shareholders and to Einhorn under this Agreement (including all payments made by Buyer pursuant to the Notes).

 

Section 2.4              Closing Matters .  At the Closing:

 

(a)            the Shareholders shall deliver to the Buyer (i) certificates for all of the Shares, with appropriate stock powers attached, properly signed, together with the related stock books and stock transfer records; (ii) copies of the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, certified as of recent date by the Secretary of State of New Hampshire; (iii) copies of the Bylaws of the Company, certified as of the Closing Date by the Secretary of the Company; and (iv) the original minute and stock books of the Company, certified as of the Closing Date by the Secretary of the Company;

 

(b)            each Shareholder shall deliver to the Buyer a duly executed copy of a non-competition agreement (a “ Non-Compete Agreement ”) in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto;

 

(c)            The Company and ALROX, LLC shall execute and deliver a lease for the Company’s premises located at 23 Elm Street, Peterborough, New Hampshire (the “ Lease ”) in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit D attached hereto;

 

(d)            The Buyer shall deliver the Cash Consideration and the Notes to the Shareholders as set out and subject to adjustments as set forth in Section 2.3 hereof;

 

7



 

(e)            The Company shall deliver to the Buyer the written opinion, dated the Closing Date, of Messrs. Cook, Little, Rosenblatt & Manson, pllc, counsel to the Shareholders and the Company, in the form set forth in Exhibit F hereto; and

 

(f)             The Buyer shall deliver to the Shareholders the written opinion, dated the Closing Date, of Hughes & Associates, counsel to the Buyer, in the form set forth in Exhibit G hereto.

 

Section 2.5              Shareholder Representatives .

 

(a)            Robert E. Scribner and Paul W. Sullivan are hereby appointed by the Shareholders to act as representatives and agents for the Shareholders (each a “ Shareholder Representative ”).  All actions to be taken by the Shareholder Representatives under this Agreement shall be evidenced by, and may only be taken upon, the written direction of both of the Shareholder Representatives.  Any notices sent to the Shareholder Representatives shall be sent to both of them.

 

(b)            The Shareholders hereby authorize the Shareholder Representatives to:

 

(i)             make all decisions relating to the determination of the Closing Net Working Capital and any resulting adjustment to the Cash Consideration portion of the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 2.3(c);

 

(ii)            take all action, including making payments from the Houston Holdback Amount to obtain a certificate of occupancy for the Houston Warehouse and releases of all Houston Warehouse Construction Liens;

 

(iii)           take all action necessary in connection with the defense and/or settlement of any claims for which the Shareholders may be required to indemnify the Buyer pursuant to Section 6.2;

 

(iv)           give and receive all notices required to be given by or to the Shareholders under this Agreement (other than the notices required to be given to all Shareholders pursuant to Section 2.3(g)); and

 

(v)            take any and all additional action as is contemplated to be taken by or on behalf of Shareholders by the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c)            Except for fraud, bad faith, or willful breach of this Agreement by the Shareholder Representatives, all decisions and actions by the Shareholder Representatives pursuant to the authority granted to them by this Section 2.4 shall be binding upon all of the Shareholders, no Shareholder shall have the right to object, dissent, protest, or otherwise contest the same, and the Buyer and the Company may rely upon such authority and the decisions and actions so taken by the Shareholder Representatives.  In the event that either Shareholder Representative dies, becomes unable to perform his responsibilities hereunder, is removed (by a

 

8



 

majority vote of the Shareholders according to their respective Proportionate Shares), or resigns from such position, then the Shareholders shall select a successor Shareholder Representative (by majority vote of the Shareholders according to their respective Proportionate Shares) and shall notify the Buyer and Company thereof in writing; provided, that the Shareholders hereby agree that the first such successor Shareholder Representative shall be Scott S. Scribner.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

Representations and Warranties of Each Shareholder

 

Each Shareholder hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer as follows:

 

Section 3.1              Authorization; etc .

 

(a)            Such Shareholder has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform his obligations under this Agreement.  This Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Shareholder, enforceable against him in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity.

 

(b)            The execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (i) violate any provision of, or be an event that is, or with the passage of time will result in, a violation of, or result in the acceleration of or entitle any party to accelerate (whether after the giving of notice or lapse of time or both) any obligation under, or result in the imposition of any lien upon or the creation of a security interest in any of such Shareholder’s Shares pursuant to any mortgage, lien, lease, agreement, instrument, order, arbitration award, judgment or decree to which such Shareholder is a party or by which he is bound, or (ii) violate or conflict with any other material restriction of any kind or character to which such Shareholder is subject (other than such restrictions, if any, that are being terminated prior to the Closing, including pursuant to Section 7.7).

 

(c)            Upon consummation of the Stock Purchase at the Closing as contemplated by this Agreement, the Buyer will acquire title to all of such Shareholder’s Shares, free and clear of any liens, claims, charges, security interests, options or other legal or equitable encumbrances of any kind.

 

(d)            Schedule 4.9 contains a list of all governmental and other registrations, filings, consents, transfers, applications, notices, approvals, orders, qualifications, licenses, permits, approvals, other authorizations and waivers and other actions of any kind required to be made, filed, given or obtained by such Shareholder with, to or from any persons or governmental authorities or private agencies in connection with the consummation of the Stock Purchase.

 

9



 

Section 3.2              Disclosure .  To such Shareholder’s knowledge, no representation, warranty or statement made by the Shareholders or the Company in this Agreement or in the Schedules attached hereto or in the certificates or other written materials required to be furnished to the Buyer or its representatives, attorneys and accountants in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated herein or therein or necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading.

 

Section 3.3              Brokers, Finders, etc .  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.3 , such Shareholder has not employed and is not subject to any claim of, any broker, finder, consultant or intermediary in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement who might be entitled to a fee or commission upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

Representations and Warranties of All Shareholders

 

The Shareholders, severally in accordance with their respective Proportionate Shares, and subject to the provisions of Section 11.9, hereby represent and warrant to the Buyer as follows:

 

Section 4.1              Incorporation; Authorization; etc .

 

(a)            The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire.  The Company (i) has all requisite corporate power and authority to own all of its properties and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted; (ii) is in good standing, and is duly licensed, authorized or qualified to transact business in each jurisdiction in which the ownership or lease of real property or the conduct of its business requires it to be so qualified; and (iii) has all government licenses, permits, approvals and other authorizations necessary to own its properties and assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted.

 

(b)            Except as set forth in Schedule 4.1(b) , the execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (i) violate any provision of the Company’s governance documents, (ii) violate any provision of, or be an event that is, or with the passage of time will result in, a violation of, or result in the acceleration of or entitle any party to accelerate (whether after the giving of notice or lapse of time or both) any obligation under, or result in the imposition of any lien upon or the creation of a security interest in any of the Company’s assets or properties pursuant to any mortgage, lien, lease, agreement, instrument, order, arbitration award, judgment or decree to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, or (iii) violate or conflict with any other restriction of any kind or character to which the Company is subject.

 

10


 

Section 4.2              Capitalization; Structure; No Investments .

 

(a)            The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 15,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of which 3,910 shares are issued and outstanding.  All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and owned by the Shareholders as set forth in Exhibit A .  There are no outstanding obligations, options, warrants or other rights of any kind to acquire shares of capital stock of any class of the Company or any interest in the Company or any of its businesses.

 

(b)            The Company has no subsidiaries and no equity investment of any kind in any corporation, association, partnership, joint venture or other entity.

 

Section 4.3              Financial Statements .

 

(a)            There have been previously delivered to the Buyer true and complete copies of the following:

 

(i)             the reviewed financial statements of the Company for each of the Company’s three (3) most recent fiscal years (i.e., the Company’s fiscal years ending December 31, 2006, December 31, 2007, and December 31, 2008) (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”); and

 

(ii)            the management-prepared, unaudited balance sheet and statement of income of the Company as of June 30, 2009 (the “ 2009 Interim Financial Statements ”).

 

(b)            The Financial Statements and the 2009 Interim Financial Statements are complete and accurate in all material respects and were prepared in accordance with the books and records of the Company.  The Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America consistently applied on a basis consistent with the Company’s past practices including for the periods involved (“ GAAP ”) (unless and then to the extent otherwise stated therein) and present fairly in all material respects the financial position, results of operations or other information included therein of the Company for the periods or as of the dates therein set forth, in each case in accordance with GAAP.

 

Section 4.4              Title; Leases; Condition of Properties .

 

(a)            Except as set forth in Schedule 4.4 hereto, the Company has good and marketable title, free and clear of any liens, claims, charges, options or other title defects or encumbrances, to each piece of real and personal property reflected on or included in the December 31, 2008 balance sheet and to each piece of real and personal property acquired by the Company since the date of such balance sheet, except where the failure to have such good and marketable title would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, results of operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) (collectively, the “ Business Condition ”) of the Company.

 

11



 

(b)            Except as set forth in Schedule 4.4 hereto and except with respect to any lease terminable on 30 days’ notice or less, each lease on each piece of leased or occupied real property listed opposite its name in Schedule 4.4 (a complete copy of each of which leases has been previously delivered to the Buyer), which together constitute all real property leased by the Company is binding on the Company, and to the knowledge of the Shareholders, each other party thereto; no default, event of default or event which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both would constitute a default or event of default, exists and is continuing under any such lease with respect to the tenant or, to the Shareholders’ knowledge, with respect to the landlord under any such lease; the tenant under each such lease is now in possession of such leased real property; there is no pending, or to the knowledge of the Shareholders threatened, proceeding that might interfere with the quiet enjoyment of the tenant under any such lease; and neither the Stock Purchase nor any transaction contemplated by this Agreement shall constitute a default under any such lease.

 

(c)            Except as set forth in Schedule 4.4 hereto, to the knowledge of the Shareholders, the leased premises and operations of the Company conform in all respects with all applicable restrictive covenants, deeds and restrictions and all applicable Federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations (including those relating to zoning and environmental protection) except where a failure so to conform would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company.  To the knowledge of the Shareholders, all leased premises or operations of the Company that are subject to the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, comply in all respects with employee working conditions as prescribed by such Act except where a failure so to comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company.

 

(d)            To the knowledge of the Shareholders, the Company’s plant and equipment are in working order adequate for the purposes for which the Company is currently using such plant and equipment.  No other representation or warranty is made as to the condition of any of such plant or equipment, nor as to whether such plant and equipment will continue to remain in such working order or whether such working order is or will be satisfactory to the Buyer.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing disclaimers, the Buyer acknowledges and agrees that (i) various improvements might be made to such plant and equipment (including, without limitation, the Buyer-Identified Improvements (as defined below)), and (ii) the Shareholders shall have no liability or responsibility for any Buyer-Identified Improvement nor for any other improvement that may be necessary or desirable.  As used herein, the “ Buyer-Identified Improvements ” include blender replacement, low NOX boiler retrofit, stack test, bag dump stations, and air conditioning for isocyanate storage area.

 

Section 4.5              Inventories .  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.5 hereto, the inventories reflected on the December 31, 2008 balance sheet or thereafter acquired by the Company consist primarily of items of a quality and quantity usable or saleable in the ordinary course of business at the amount reflected on such balance sheet, in the case of inventories reflected thereon, or, in the case of such inventories acquired after the date of such balance sheet, at the amount reflected on the books of the Company.

 

12



 

Section 4.6              Changes .  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.6 hereto or as reflected in the 2009 Interim Financial Statements, since December 31, 2008, there has not been:

 

(a)            any material adverse change in the Business Condition of the Company from that shown in the December 31, 2008 balance sheet;

 

(b)            any material decrease in the total assets or net worth of the Company from the amounts reflected on the December 31, 2008 balance sheet, other than decreases resulting from depreciation in accordance with the accounting practices of the Company in effect as of the date of such balance sheet;

 

(c)            any change in any of the assets, licenses, permits or franchises of the Company that could, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company, or any change in the nature of the business, methods of accounting or accounting practice, or manner of conducting business that could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition, licenses, permits or franchises of the Company;

 

(d)            any damage, destruction or other casualty loss that could, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company;

 

(e)            any amendment, modification or termination of any existing, or entering into any new, contract (other than purchase or sales orders entered into in the ordinary course of business), agreement, Plans (as defined in Section 4.15 hereof), lease, license, permit, franchise or arrangement that could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company;

 

(f)             any bonus paid or any increase in the rate of compensation or in the benefits payable or to become payable to any officer or other employee of the Company over the levels in effect at December 31, 2008;

 

(g)            any disposition by the Company of any asset other than in the ordinary course of business that had a net book value at the time of disposition of $5,000 or more; or

 

(h)            any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition of, or any declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend or other distribution on or in respect of, any Shares.

 

Section 4.7              Litigation; Orders .  Except as provided in Schedule 4.7 hereto, there are no lawsuits, actions, administrative or arbitration or other proceedings or governmental investigations pending, or to the knowledge of the Shareholders threatened, against the Company and not covered by adequate insurance or the Reserved Product Warranty Expense Accrual that could result in a judgment against it in an amount that exceeds $5,000 or that could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company. 

 

13



 

There are no judgments or outstanding orders, injunctions, decrees, stipulations or awards (whether rendered by a court or administrative agency, or by arbitration) against the Company or any of its properties or businesses that may have the effect of prohibiting the Stock Purchase or any business practice or the conduct of any business by the Company.  No condemnation proceeding has been commenced against any asset of the Company, and, to the Shareholders’ knowledge, there is no basis or ground for any such proceeding.

 

Section 4.8              Copyrights; Trademarks; Patents; etc Schedule 4.8 contains a description of all registered copyrights, trademarks, trade names, patents and similar rights owned by or registered in the name of the Company (“ Trade Rights ”).  The Company possesses adequate and enforceable rights to use in its business as presently conducted (without payment) all its Trade Rights and has not received any unresolved notice of conflict that asserts the rights of others with respect thereto, and, to the Shareholders’ knowledge, there is no basis or ground for any such notice of conflict.  The Company has in all material respects performed all the obligations required to be performed by it, and is not in default in any material respect, under any agreement relating to any Trade Right.

 

Section 4.9              Licenses; Approvals; Other Authorizations; Consents .

 

(a)            Except as set forth in Schedule 4.9 , no governmental licenses, permits, approvals and other authorizations are used or required by the Company in the conduct of its business, except for such licenses, permits, approvals and other authorizations (i) as are in full force and effect and (ii) the failure to have which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company.  No proceeding is pending or threatened seeking the revocation or limitation of any such license, permit, order or other authorization.

 

(b)            Schedule 4.9 contains a list of all governmental and other registrations, filings, consents, transfers, applications, notices, approvals, orders, qualifications, licenses, permits, other authorizations and waivers of any kind required to be made, filed, given or obtained by any of the Shareholders or the Company with, to or from any persons or governmental authorities or private agencies in connection with the consummation of the Stock Purchase.  To the knowledge of the Shareholders, the conduct of the business of the Company complies in all material respects with all applicable laws, governmental licenses, permits, orders and other authorizations that are applicable thereto except where the failure so to comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company, and each license, permit, order and other authorization that is material to the Business Condition of the Company has been obtained and is in full force and effect, and will not cease to remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms by reason of the Stock Purchase.

 

Section 4.10            Labor Matters .  No work stoppage against the Company is pending, or to the knowledge of the Shareholders, threatened.  The Company is not involved in or, to the knowledge of the Shareholders, threatened with any labor dispute, arbitration, lawsuit or administrative proceeding relating to labor matters involving its employees.  None of the

 

14



 

employees of the Company is represented by any labor union, and there is no collective bargaining agreement in effect with respect to the employees of the Company.

 

Section 4.11            Liabilities .  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.11 and except for any obligations or liabilities related to the Reserved Product Warranty Claims in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Warranty Expense Accrual, the Company has no material obligations or liabilities of any nature, whether direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, secured or unsecured, other than:

 

(a)            liabilities disclosed or provided for in the December 31, 2008 balance sheet (or in the notes to the December 31, 2008 Financial Statements), and

 

(b)            liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business since December 31, 2008, none of which, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company.

 

Section 4.12            Contracts; Agreements; etc .  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.12 (true and complete copies of all contracts and other documents listed in Schedule 4.12 having previously been made available to the Buyer), the Company is not a party to or subject to any of the following:

 

(a)            any agent’s, salesman’s, broker’s, dealer’s, distributor’s franchise, subcontractor’s or manufacturer’s representative contract or similar agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether written or oral, express or implied, or having any other basis, with respect to the manufacture, sale or distribution of products of, or furnishing of services by, the Company that is not terminable on notice of 30 days or less without penalty or other financial obligation;

 

(b)            any employment or consultation contract, or other compensation commitment or arrangement, whether written or oral, express or implied, or having any other basis (except for contracts included in Schedule 4.15 or otherwise provided for herein) that (i) is not terminable on notice of 30 days or less without penalty or other financial obligation, and (ii) under which any officer or employee of the Company receives total salary and other compensation from the Company of $25,000 or more per annum or more than $50,000 over the term of the contract;

 

(c)            any plan (except as included in Schedule 4.15 ) or any contract or arrangement, oral or written, or any statutory obligation providing for bonuses, pensions, options, deferred compensation, retirement payments, profit sharing or the like in excess of $10,000 in the aggregate (true and complete copies of any such plans, contracts or arrangements, or an accurate summary of the material terms thereof, having previously been made available to the Buyer);

 

(d)            any lease or other agreement or arrangement for the use of personal property involving payment of annual rentals in excess of $5,000 in the aggregate;

 

15



 

(e)            any contract, agreement, arrangement or license (including but not limited to contracts for indebtedness) with respect to which payments are denominated in a foreign currency;

 

(f)             any contract, agreement, loan or arrangement with any of the Shareholders or with any affiliate or relative of any of the Shareholders;

 

(g)            any insurance policies naming the Company as an insured or beneficiary or as a loss payable payee, or for which the Company has paid all or part of the premium in force as of the Effective Date (true and complete copies of all insurance policies listed in Schedule 4.12 having previously been made available to the Buyer);

 

(h)            any instrument or agreement relating to indebtedness by way of lease-purchase arrangements, conditional sale, guarantee or other undertakings (except purchase orders made in the ordinary course of business) on which others rely in extending credit, any joint venture agreements or any chattel mortgages and other security arrangements with respect to the personal property and equipment used by the Company;

 

(i)             except for shrink wrap licenses for off-the-shelf software, any license agreement, either as licensor or licensee (except as included in Schedule 4.8 );

 

(j)             any contract or option for the purchase or sale of real property; or

 

(k)            any other uncompleted contracts (excluding sales and purchase orders made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices), whether written or oral, except those that (i) were made in the ordinary course of business, (ii) are terminable on 30 days’ or less notice by the Company without penalty or other financial obligation, and (iii) in each case involve aggregate future payments by or to the Company of $25,000 or less.

 

Except as set forth in Schedule 4.12 , neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Shareholders, any other party to any such contract, agreement, plan, lease, license or permit, has breached any material provision of, or is in violation or default in any material respect under the terms of, or has caused or permitted to exist any event that with or without due notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a material default or material event of default, under any such contract, agreement, plan, lease, license or permit.  All such contracts, agreements, plans, leases, licenses and permits are valid and binding obligations of the Company and in full force and effect and the consummation of the Agreement will not result in any default thereof and will not require the consent of any other party thereto, and subject to the receipt of any consents or other matters referred to in Schedule 4.9 , the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each of the Shareholders and the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not violate any material provision of, or result in the acceleration of any material obligation under or the termination of, any such contract, agreement, plan, lease, license or permit.

 

16



 

Section 4.13            Interests of Certain Persons .  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.13 , none of the Shareholders, the officers or directors of the Company, or any person with whom any officer or director of the Company has any direct or indirect relation by blood, marriage or adoption, has any interest in (i) any contract, arrangement or understanding with, or relating to, the business or operations of the Company; (ii) any right to receive any payment (whether in respect of money borrowed, services rendered, or otherwise) from the Company; (iii) any property (real or personal), tangible or intangible, used or intended to be used in, or pertaining to, the business or operations of the Company; or (iv) any business or entity that competes with the Company.

 

Section 4.14            Taxes .  The Company has timely filed or will file all Federal, state, local and foreign tax returns and filings required by applicable law to be filed by it for all taxable periods ended or ending on or before the Closing Date and has paid or, where payment is not yet required to be made, has set up an adequate accrual for the payment of, all taxes required to be paid in respect of the periods covered by such returns and filings.  With respect to all taxable periods starting on or prior to the Closing Date but ending on the Closing Date, the Company has set up or will set up an adequate accrual for the payment of all taxes required to be paid with respect to those periods (treating for this purpose the Closing Date as the last day of a taxable period of the Company whether or not the Closing Date is in fact the last day of such taxable period).  All tax returns and filings required to be made, including any amendments to the Effective Date, have been prepared in good faith without negligence or willful misrepresentation and are complete and accurate in all material respects.  The Company is not delinquent in the payment of any tax, assessment or governmental charge required to be paid by it.  No deficiencies for any tax, assessment or governmental charge have been asserted or assessed against the Company that has not been settled.  The Company has not executed any request for waiver or extension of the time to assess any tax that has not been revoked.  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.14 , there have been no audits of the Federal, state, local and foreign income or franchise tax liabilities of the Company for any of the five (5) most recent fiscal years of the Company.  For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “ tax ” shall include all Federal, state, local and foreign taxes and all interest and penalties thereon.

 

Section 4.15            Employee Benefit Plans .

 

(a)            Schedule 4.15 contains a written list of all employee benefit plans relating to employee benefits with respect to which the Company has or may incur any future or contingent obligations, including, without limitation, all plans, agreements or arrangements relating to deferred compensation, pensions, profit sharing, retirement income or other benefits, stock purchase and stock option plans, bonuses, severance arrangements, health benefits, insurance benefits and all other employee benefit or fringe benefits (collectively, the “ Plans ”).  There have been furnished to the Buyer copies of all Plans, which copies are accurate and complete in all material respects.  The Company is not a participant in (i) any multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4101(a)(3) of ERISA or (ii) any employee pension benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) which is subject to either Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code.

 

(b)            Each Plan has been administered and operated in accordance with its terms and applicable law except where the failure to do so would not, individually or in the

 

17



 

aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company.  To the extent applicable, each Plan is “qualified” within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code and each related trust is exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code.  A favorable determination letter has been received from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each such Plan.  No liability under ERISA or otherwise has been incurred or, based upon existing facts, may be expected to be incurred with respect to any Plan, that would, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company.

 

(c)            The Company has not engaged in any transaction in connection with which it, directly or indirectly, would be subject to either a civil penalty assessed pursuant to Section 502(i) of ERISA or a tax imposed by Section 4975 of the Code that would, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company.  The Company has not instituted proceedings to terminate any Plan.  To the Shareholders’ knowledge, there exists no condition or set of circumstances that presents a risk of the termination or partial termination of any Plan, which could result in a liability on the part of the Company in an amount that would, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company.

 

(d)            Full payment has been made of all amounts that the Company was or will be required under the terms of any of the Plans to have paid as contributions to such Plans on or prior to the Closing Date except as set forth in Schedule 4.15 .

 

(e)            Other than for claims in the ordinary course for benefits under the Plans, there are no actions, suits, claims or proceedings, pending or, to the knowledge of Shareholders, threatened.

 

Section 4.16            Insurance .  The Company has in full force and effect the insurance policies listed in Schedule 4.12 .  The Company will maintain or cause to be maintained in full force and effect all such insurance policies or replacement policies through the Closing Date.

 

Section 4.17            Environmental .  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.17 hereto:

 

(a)            the Company has all permits required by environmental laws and necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business other than those permits whose absence would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company, and the Company is in compliance with such permits and other requirements of applicable environmental laws;

 

(b)            neither the Company nor any Shareholder has received any written notice of claims by any governmental authority alleging that the Company has violated or not complied with any environmental laws, and no Shareholder has any knowledge that such action by a governmental authority is threatened;

 

(c)            neither the Company nor any Shareholder has received any written notice, claim, or request for information relating to any real property now or formerly owned or leased by the Company, or relating to any third party waste disposal site, alleging that the

 

18



 

Company is or may be liable to another person or governmental authority as a result of a release of contaminants or threatened release by or generated by the Company; and

 

(d)            the Shareholders have no knowledge of any release at or on any real property owned or leased by the Company that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company.

 

Section 4.18            Disclosure .  To the Shareholders’ knowledge, no representation, warranty or statement made by the Shareholders in this Agreement or in the Schedules attached hereto, or in the certificates or other written materials furnished to the Buyer at the Closing in consummating the Stock Purchase, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated herein or therein or necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading.

 

Section 4.19            Brokers; Finders .  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.3 , the Company has not employed, nor is the Company subject to any claim of, any broker, finder, consultant or intermediary in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement who might be entitled to a fee or commission upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

Representations and Warranties of the Buyer

 

The Buyer represents and warrants to the Company and to the Shareholders as follows:

 

Section 5.1              Incorporation; Authorization; etc .  The Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  The Buyer has full corporate power and is duly authorized to perform its obligations under and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not violate any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Buyer or any provision of any mortgage, lien, lease, agreement, instrument, order, arbitration award, judgment, law, statute, regulation or decree to which the Buyer is a party or by which the Buyer is bound and will not violate or conflict with any other material restriction of any kind or character to which the Buyer is subject.  This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements constitute the legal, valid and binding agreements of the Buyer and each is enforceable against the Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity.

 

Section 5.2              Brokers; Finders; etc .  The Buyer has not employed or is subject to any claim of any broker, finder, consultant or other intermediary in connection with the transactions

 

19



 

contemplated by this Agreement who might be entitled to a fee or commission from the Buyer upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 5.3              Litigation; Orders .  There are no lawsuits, actions, administrative or arbitration or other proceedings or governmental investigations pending or to the knowledge of Buyer threatened against Buyer and not covered by adequate insurance that could result in a judgment against it that could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Buyer.  There are no judgments or outstanding orders, injunctions, decrees, stipulations or awards (whether rendered by a court or administrative agency, or by arbitration) against the Buyer or any of its properties or businesses that may have the effect of prohibiting the Stock Purchase, or could affect materially any business practices of the Company following the Closing.

 

Section 5.4              Investment Purpose .  Buyer is buying the Shares for investment only and not with a view to resell in connection with any distribution thereof, except in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and all other applicable securities laws.

 

Section 5.5              Financing .  As of the Effective Date Buyer has a commitment of financing from Bank of America (and Buyer has not been advised nor otherwise understands that there is any likelihood that such financing will not be available to Buyer on or before the Closing Date),  and on the Closing Date Buyer will have sufficient funds, to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to occur at the Closing.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

Survival of Representations
and Warranties; Indemnity

 

Section 6.1              Survival .

 

(a)            Subject to Section 6.1(b) hereof, the representations and warranties of the Shareholders and the Buyer included or provided for herein, or in the Schedules or any of the Ancillary Agreements, shall survive the consummation of the purchase of the Shares at the Closing for a period (the “ Survival Period ”) commencing on the Closing Date and continuing until the earlier of (i) the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing Date, or (ii) the date on which the Notes shall become due and payable in full (including by reason of the exercise of any right of the holders of the Notes to accelerate the Buyer’s payment obligations thereunder, as provided for in the Notes).

 

(b)            If prior to the expiration of the Survival Period, the Shareholders shall have been notified of a Claim (as defined in Section 6.2) and such Claim shall not have been finally resolved or disposed of at such date, then any representation or warranty which is the basis for such Claim shall continue to survive as to such Claim and shall remain a basis for indemnity and set-off under Section 6.2 until such Claim is finally resolved or disposed of.

 

20



 

Section 6.2              Indemnification Set-off in favor of Buyer .  Subject to the provisions of this Section 6.2 and the other provisions of this Article 6, the Shareholders shall indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer and its successors and assigns, from, against and in respect of any and all damages, deficiencies, out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), liabilities or losses (net, with respect to any indemnitee, of (i) any tax benefit that actually results in a reduction in the amount of any Federal, state, local or other income or other tax obligations of such indemnitee, and (ii) any applicable insurance coverage that may be available to such indemnitee or, in the case of any insurance coverage of the Company in effect on the Closing Date that is cancelled, not renewed, or otherwise terminated after the Closing, that would have been available to such indemnitee had such insurance coverage of the Company not been cancelled, not renewed, or otherwise terminated) incurred as a result of any breach of any representation or warranty, covenant or agreement of the Shareholders under this Agreement (subject to such netting, the “ Claims ”).  The Buyer’s right to indemnification under this Section 6.2 shall be subject to the following provisions:

 

(a)            Except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 6.2(c) below, no indemnification shall be payable by the Shareholders unless the total of all Claims shall exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate (the “ Threshold ”), whereupon the amount of all Claims in excess of the Threshold shall be recoverable in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

(b)            Buyer’s sole right against the Shareholders shall be limited to the right of set-off against the then outstanding balance and accrued interest of the Notes, with such set-off being applied proportionately among the Shareholders in accordance with their respective Proportionate Shares; provided, that if a particular Claim relates to a particular Shareholder with respect to such Shareholder’s representations and warranties under Article 3 or to any covenant or agreement of such Shareholder under this Agreement, then the Buyer’s right of set-off for such Claim shall be made solely against such Shareholder’s Proportionate Share.  The foregoing set-off shall be applied first against the earliest principal and interest coming due.  The foregoing indemnification set-off shall be the sole liability of the Shareholders with respect to any Claims;

 

(c)            With respect to any Claims that (i) are Houston Warehouse Construction Liens (as referenced in Section 2.3(e)(i)) or Houston Warehouse Dispute Costs (as also defined in Section 2.3(e)(i)), (ii) are Reserved Product Warranty Claims in excess of the Reserved Product Warranty Expense Accrual, or (iii) involve a breach of any representation or warranty under Section 4.14 relating to taxes, Buyer’s right of set-off against the Notes as provided in Section 6.2(b) shall be from the first dollar thereof and without charge against the Threshold; and

 

(d)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, Buyer shall not be entitled to be indemnified, and the Shareholders shall have no responsibility, obligation, or liability whatsoever, with respect to any Claim or other damages, deficiencies, out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), liabilities or losses related to:

 

21


 

(i)             any actual or alleged environmental contamination or other issues involving the Company’s former facility located in Oakland, California or the Company’s operations at that facility; or

 

(ii)            any capital or other expenditures related to the Company’s facilities in Houston, Texas (including, without limitation, the installation, repair, replacement, or removal of any equipment located at such facilities), all of which are being provided in “as is, where is” condition without any express or implied warranties of any kind or nature except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 4.4(d).

 

All risks involving or related to any of the foregoing shall remain with the Company and are assumed by the Buyer.

 

Section 6.3              Indemnification Set-Off Sole Remedy .  Except as to those obligations to be performed by any Shareholder under any of the Ancillary Agreements after Closing, the indemnification set-off provisions contained in Section 6.2 shall be the exclusive remedy of the Buyer and its successors and assigns in connection with or arising from (a) any failure by any of the Shareholders to perform any of their covenants or obligations in this Agreement, or (b) any breach by any of the Shareholders of any of their warranties or representations contained in this Agreement.

 

Section 6.4              Indemnification by Buyer .  Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Shareholders and their respective heirs, successors and assigns, from, against and in respect of any and all damages, deficiencies, out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), liabilities or losses (net, with respect to any indemnitee, of (i) any tax benefit that actually results in a reduction in the amount of any Federal, state, local or other income or other tax obligations of such indemnitee, and (ii) any applicable insurance coverage that may be available to such indemnitee) incurred as a result of any breach of any representation or warranty, covenant or agreement of the Buyer under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.5              Claims for Indemnification .

 

(a)            Whenever any claim shall arise for indemnification hereunder (including, in the case of Buyer, for set-off against the Notes), the party seeking indemnification (or set-off) (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall promptly notify the party from whom such indemnification (or set-off) is sought (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) of the claim in question (an “ Indemnification Claim ”) and, when known, the facts constituting the basis for such Indemnification Claim.  No delay on the part of the Indemnified Party in notifying the Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability or obligation hereunder, except to the extent of any prejudice caused by or arising out of such delay.

 

(b)            In the event of any Indemnification Claim resulting from or that relates to any claim or legal proceeding by a third party (a “ Third Party Indemnification Claim ”), the notice to the Indemnifying Party shall specify, if known, the amount or an estimate of the amount

 

22



 

of the liability arising therefrom and shall include copies of any correspondence, pleadings or other documentation received from the third party or its legal counsel relating to such Third Party Indemnification Claim.  The Indemnifying Party (and, in the case where the Shareholders are the Indemnifying Party, the Shareholder Representatives on behalf of the Shareholders), at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party, may, upon written notice to the Indemnified Party given within twenty (20) days after the date of the delivery of the notice of the Third Party Claim from the Indemnified Party, assume the defense of such Third Party Indemnification Claim with counsel approved by the Indemnified Party (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld).  Until the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Indemnified Party shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, settle or compromise any such Third Party Indemnification Claim to the extent that such settlement would impose any obligations on the Indemnifying Party.

 

(c)            If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of a Third Party Indemnification Claim, the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to participate in (but not control) such defense, with its counsel and at its own expense.  In addition, if the Indemnifying Party so assumes such defense, it shall take all steps reasonably determined by it to be necessary in the defense or settlement thereof; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not consent to any settlement or to the entry of any judgment with respect to such Third Party Indemnification Claim which does not include a complete release of the Indemnified Party from all liability with respect thereto or which imposes any liability or obligation on the Indemnified Party (other than an award of monetary damages that are to be paid or otherwise satisfied in full by the Indemnifying Party) without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party.

 

(d)            If the Indemnifying Party does not assume the defense of any Third Party Indemnification Claim, (i) the Indemnified Party may defend against such Third Party Indemnification Claim in such manner as it may reasonably deem appropriate, including, but not limited to, settling such claim or legal proceeding on such terms as the Indemnified Party may reasonably and in good faith deem appropriate, and (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in (but not control) the defense of such Third Party Indemnification Claim, with its counsel and at its own expense.

 

Section 6.6              Equitable Relief .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall preclude a party from obtaining injunctive relief or specific performance to enforce a breach of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

Covenants of the Shareholders, the Buyer and the Company

 

Section 7.1              Investigation of Business .

 

(a)            The Buyer may, prior to the Closing Date and through its own personnel, independent agents, accountants and attorneys, make such investigation of the Company, including, without limitation, the confirmation of cash and cash equivalents, inventories,

 

23



 

receivables and liabilities, and the inspection of real and personal properties and equipment, as it deems necessary or advisable; provided, however, that such investigation shall not in any way release the Shareholders from their representations and warranties hereunder; and further provided that any such investigation shall be conducted upon reasonable prior notice in such a manner so as to minimize any disruption to the personnel and operations of the Company.  Consistent with the immediately preceding sentence, the Company and the Shareholders agree to permit the Buyer and its representatives to have full access to the premises and to all the books and records of the Company and to furnish the Buyer with such existing financial and operating data and other information with respect to the business and properties of the Company as the Buyer shall from time to time reasonably request.  In addition, the Company and the Shareholders will cause the Company’s accountants to make their personnel, work papers and such other requested documentation relating to their work papers and to their reports on the books and records of the Company, as is reasonably requested in connection with any such investigation, available to the Buyer and its independent agents, accountants and attorneys during regular business hours.

 

(b)            In the event that Buyer (i) is not reasonably satisfied as to the Company’s ongoing availability of a reliable and sustainable supply of proprietary raw materials (excluding, for purposes hereof, any such proprietary raw materials that have been disclosed to Buyer prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, such disclosure to be supported by reasonable documentation), or (ii) is not reasonably able to verify the Company’s product margins as reported to Buyer (based on the costs of such proprietary raw materials), then Buyer may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the Company and the Shareholders given on or before 8:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on September 3, 2009, time being of the essence .

 

Section 7.2              Obtaining Consents and Governmental Approvals .  The Shareholders, the Company and the Buyer will cooperate and use their respective best efforts to make promptly any governmental and other registrations, filings, consents, transfers, applications, notices, approvals, orders, qualifications, licenses, permits, approvals, other authorizations and waivers and other actions of any kind which may be required to be made, filed, given or obtained by any of the Shareholders or the Company with, to or from any persons or governmental authorities or private agencies in connection with the consummation of the purchase of the Shares and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 7.3              Payment of Taxes .  Each Shareholder agrees to pay all income or capital gains taxes, if any, arising solely out of the sale of such Shareholder’s Shares to the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 7.4              Further Assurances .  The Shareholders, the Company and the Buyer covenant and agree that, from time to time, whether at or after the Closing Date, each of them will execute and deliver such further instruments of conveyance and transfer and take such other action as may be necessary to carry out the terms of this Agreement.  The Shareholders, the Company and the Buyer further covenant and agree that they will not take any action that will prevent their performance of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

24



 

Section 7.5              Conduct of Business .  From the Effective Date through the Closing, except as set forth in Schedule 7.5 hereto or as may otherwise be consented to or approved by the Buyer in writing or provided for in this Agreement, the Company covenants and agrees, and the Shareholders covenant and agree that they will not cause or allow the Company to breach or violate such covenant and agreement, that:

 

(a)            the Company shall operate its business in the ordinary and usual course and in good faith, consistent with past management practices;

 

(b)            the Company shall not change or amend its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws;

 

(c)            neither the Company nor any Shareholder shall issue, sell or agree to issue or sell (i) any Shares (other than by a Shareholder to a revocable trust established by such Shareholder for estate planning purposes) or (ii) any securities convertible into, or options with respect to, or warrants to purchase or rights to subscribe to, any Shares;

 

(d)            subject to and except as otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 2.3(b) the Company shall not (i) declare, pay or set aside for payment any dividend or other distribution in respect of any Shares, or (ii) directly or indirectly, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any Shares;

 

(e)            the Company shall not make any capital expenditures, or commitments with respect thereto;

 

(f)             the Company shall not incur, assume or guarantee any indebtedness for money borrowed (which for this purpose shall include nonrecourse borrowings) or otherwise enter into any transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding pursuant to which any third party agrees to provide or provides the Company with any funds other than in payment for goods or services in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)            the Company shall not remove, transfer to the Shareholders or others, sell, or enter into any material contract with respect to, any of its properties or assets, other than sales and contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and certain new private label contracts;

 

(h)            the Company shall not grant any bonus or any increase in the rate of compensation or in the benefits payable or to become payable to any officer or other employee or to any agent or consultant;

 

(i)             except in the ordinary course of business, the Company shall not encumber or permit to become subject to any encumbrance any of its assets or enter into any other transaction or make any other commitment that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company;

 

25



 

(j)             the Company shall not amend, or take any steps to amend, any of the Plans, except to the extent otherwise required to comply with applicable law; and

 

(k)            the Company shall maintain its corporate existence intact.

 

Section 7.6              Preservation of Business .  The Shareholders and the Company shall use their respective best efforts to preserve the business of the Company intact, to keep available to the Company and the Buyer the services of the employees of the Company and to preserve the goodwill of customers and others having business relations with the Company.

 

Section 7.7              Termination of Stock Restrictions .  Subject to and conditioned upon the consummation of the Closing, the Shareholders and the Company hereby agree that any and all agreements, obligations, covenants, and restrictions of any kind that may be in effect between any or all of such parties, if any, that would otherwise prohibit, limit, or restrict in any manner the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be and they hereby are terminated immediately prior to the consummation of the Closing and shall thereafter be null and void and of no further force or effect.

 

Section 7.8              Continued Employment; Employee Benefits .  Immediately following the Closing, Buyer covenants and agrees to offer, or to cause the Company to offer, all employees of the Company (other than R. Eugene Scribner) continued employment, at compensation levels equivalent to their current compensation levels, at their current work locations, and with the benefits listed in Schedule 7.8 attached hereto; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent, from and after the Closing, the termination of employment of any such employee nor the modification or termination of any such benefits.  Buyer covenants and agrees that (a) the only benefits listed in Schedule 7.8 that are tenure-based are Buyer’s 401(k) plan and vacation policies, and (b) each Company employee who continues to be employed by the Company following the Closing shall be credited, for tenure purposes under Buyer’s 401(k) plan and vacation policies, with tenure from and after the start date of such employee’s employment with the Company.  In addition the waiting period for any medical benefits will be waived as of the Closing Date for all such employees.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

Conditions to the Buyer’s Obligation to Close

 

The obligation of Buyer to consummate the Stock Purchase is subject to the satisfaction on or prior to the Closing Date of all of the following conditions (any of which may be waived by the Buyer):

 

Section 8.1              Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Shareholders .  Each of the representations and warranties of the Shareholders contained in this Agreement shall be true in all respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date (except for changes permitted by this Agreement), each of the covenants and agreements of the Shareholders to be performed on or

 

26



 

before the Closing Date shall have been duly performed in all material respects, and the Buyer shall have received at the Closing a certificate to that effect in the form set forth in Exhibit H hereto dated the Closing Date and executed by or on behalf of the Shareholders.

 

Section 8.2              Closing Documents .  The Shareholders shall have furnished the Buyer with:

 

(a)            copies of the Articles of Incorporation of the Company certified as of recent date by the Secretary of State of the New Hampshire;

 

(b)            the original minute books of the Company and copies of the Bylaws of the Company, each certified as of the Closing Date by the Company’s Secretary; and

 

(c)            certificates for all of the Shares to be purchased, with appropriate stock powers attached, properly signed, together with evidence of payment of any applicable stock transfer taxes and together with the related stock books and stock transfer records.

 

Section 8.3              Filings; Consents; Waiting Periods .  All registrations, filings, applications, notices, transfers, consents, approvals, orders, qualifications, waivers and other actions of any kind required of any persons or governmental authorities or private agencies (including, but without limitation, any approvals required by any person to whom the Company is indebted) in connection with (a) the consummation of the Stock Purchase, and (b) the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, shall have been filed, made or obtained and any applicable waiting periods shall have expired or been terminated.

 

Section 8.4              No Litigation .  No action, suit or proceeding shall have been instituted by any person or entity, or threatened by any governmental agency or body, before a court or governmental body, to restrain or prevent the carrying out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or that seeks other relief with respect to any of such transactions or that could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Company (excluding any Houston Warehouse Construction Claim).  At the Closing Date, there shall be no injunction, restraining order or decree of any nature of any court or governmental agency or body in effect that restrains or prohibits the consummation of the Stock Purchase.

 

Section 8.5              Opinion of Shareholders’ and the Company’s Counsel .  The Shareholders shall have delivered to the Buyer the written opinion, dated the Closing Date, counsel for the Shareholders and counsel for the Company.

 

Section 8.6              Resignations .  All persons serving as directors of the Company and all persons serving as officers of the Company, shall have submitted their written resignations to the Company, such resignations to be conditional upon and effective immediately prior to the consummation of the Closing.  The persons serving as the administrators of the Company’s 401(k) plan shall remain as administrators until the plan is terminated, which shall occur approximately thirty (30) days following the Closing.

 

Section 8.7              Ancillary Agreements .  The Ancillary Agreements shall have been executed and delivered.

 

27



 

Section 8.8              Houston Holdback Amount .  The Houston Holdback Amount shall have been paid by the Company to the Law Firm and deposited into the Trust Account.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

Conditions to the Shareholders’ Obligation to Close

 

The obligation of the Shareholders to consummate the Stock Purchase is subject to the satisfaction on or prior to the Closing Date of all of the following conditions (any of which may be waived by the Shareholders):

 

Section 9.1              Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Buyer .  Each of the representations and warranties of the Buyer contained in this Agreement shall be true on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date, each of the covenants and agreements of the Buyer to be performed on or before the Closing Date shall have been duly performed, and the Shareholders shall have received at the Closing Date a certificate to that effect in the form set forth in Exhibit I hereto dated the Closing Date and executed on behalf of the Buyer by an authorized officer of the Buyer.

 

Section 9.2              Payment of Purchase Price .  The Buyer shall have paid and delivered to the Shareholders the Purchase Price in the manner set forth in Section 2.3(a) hereof, provided that (i) the Retained Company Cash component of the Cash Consideration, if not paid at Closing, shall be paid and delivered no later than four (4) business days following the Closing Date, and shall constitute an absolute and unconditional obligation of the Buyer which shall survive the Closing and shall not be subject to any right of setoff, and (ii) to the extent the amount of Retained Company Cash included in the Cash Consideration is based upon an agreed upon estimate of the Closing Net Working Capital by the Shareholders’ Representatives and the Buyer at Closing, the amount so paid shall be subject to subsequent adjustment pursuant to the provisions of Sections 2.3(c)(ii), (iii) and (iv).

 

Section 9.3              No Litigation .  No action, suit or proceeding shall have been instituted by any person or entity, or threatened by any governmental agency or body, before a court or governmental body, to restrain or prevent the carrying out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or that seeks other relief with respect to any of such transactions or that could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Business Condition of the Buyer.  At the Closing Date, there shall be no injunction, restraining order or decree of any nature of any court or governmental agency or body in effect that restrains or prohibits the consummation of the Stock Purchase.

 

Section 9.4              Filings; Consents; Waiting Periods .  All registrations, filings, applications, notices, transfers consents, approvals, orders, qualifications, waivers and other actions of any kind required of any persons or governmental authorities or private agencies in connection with (a) the consummation of the Stock Purchase, and (b) the other transactions contemplated by this

 

28



 

Agreement, shall have been filed, made or obtained and any applicable waiting periods shall have expired or been terminated.

 

Section 9.5              Opinion of the Buyer’s Counsel .  The Buyer shall have delivered to the Shareholders the written opinion, dated the Closing Date, of Hughes & Associates, counsel for the Buyer, in the form set forth in Exhibit G hereto.

 

Section 9.6              Ancillary Agreements .  The Ancillary Agreements shall have been executed and delivered.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

Termination; Amendment and Modification

 

Section 10.1            Termination .  In the event of any termination of this Agreement, the Buyer will deliver to the Company all documents, work papers and other materials obtained by the Buyer or its representatives from the Company or its representatives as a result of this Agreement or in connection herewith, whether so obtained before or after the execution hereof.  In addition, the Buyer shall continue to comply with the provisions of a confidentiality letter agreement dated December 8, 2008 executed by the Buyer and by the Company’s investment banking firm, Einhorn Associates, Inc., which provisions shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.2            Amendment and Modification .  Subject to applicable law, this Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by written agreement of the parties hereto.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 11.1            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party.

 

Section 11.2            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without reference to the choice of law principles thereof.

 

Section 11.3            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the Schedules and Exhibits hereto contain the entire agreement between the parties and there are no agreements, understandings, representations or warranties between the parties other than those set forth or referred to therein.

 

29


 

Section 11.4            Release of Prior Claims .  Effective on the Closing, and except for the respective obligations of the parties under this Agreement and under the Ancillary Agreements:

 

(a)            the Shareholders, by the execution of this Agreement, release and forever discharge the Company and its directors, officers and employees from any and all claims or demands, for all periods through the Closing Date, arising out of or related in any way to the Company or the actions or inactions of its directors, officers and employees with respect thereto; provided, that the foregoing release shall not apply to, and the Company and Buyer agree to pay and honor, the following:

 

(i)             any accrued and unpaid compensation and employee benefits payable to any employee Shareholder as of the Closing Date,

 

(ii)            any accrued reimbursable expenses payable to any employee Shareholder, or

 

(iii)           any right arising under applicable law, the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, or under any insurance policy maintained by the Company, to be defended by or indemnified from any claim made against a Shareholder by reason of his being a shareholder, director, officer, or employee of the Company; and

 

(b)            the Company, by the execution of this Agreement, releases and forever discharges the Shareholders from any and all claims or demands, for all periods through the Closing Date, arising out of or related in any way to the Company or the actions or inactions of the Shareholders (whether in their respective capacity(ies) as shareholders, directors, officers and/or employees of the Company) with respect thereto, except for claims against a Shareholder involving fraud, embezzlement of Company funds or similar felonious actions against the Company by such Shareholder.

 

Section 11.5            Expenses .  Except as set forth in this Agreement, all legal and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses.

 

Section 11.6            Specific Performance .  The Shareholders and the Buyer each acknowledge that, in view of the uniqueness of the Company, the parties hereto would not have an adequate remedy at law for money damages in the event that this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its terms, and therefore agree that the parties hereto shall be entitled to specific enforcement of the terms hereof in addition to any other remedy to which the parties hereto may be entitled, at law or in equity.

 

Section 11.7            Notices .  All notices hereunder shall be sufficiently given for all purposes hereunder if in writing and delivered personally or sent by registered mail or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the appropriate address as set forth below.

 

30



 

(a)                                   Notice to the Shareholders shall be given to the Shareholders Representatives addressed to :

 

Robert E. Scribner

304 Reid Road

Francestown, NH 03043

 

and

 

Paul W. Sullivan

22 Lookout Hill

Peterborough, NH 03458

 

with a copy to :

 

James G. Cook, Esq.

Cook, Little, Rosenblatt & Manson, p.l.l.c.

1000 Elm Street

Manchester, NH 03101

 

or at such other address and to the attention of such other person as the Shareholders may designate by written notice to the Buyer.

 

(b)(i)                       Notice to the Company given before the Closing shall be addressed to :

 

C.I.M. Industries Inc.

23 Elm Street

Peterborough, NH 03458

Attn: President

 

with a copy to :

 

James G. Cook, Esq.

Cook, Little, Rosenblatt & Manson, p.l.l.c.

1000 Elm Street

Manchester, NH 03101

 

or at such other address and to the attention of such other person as the Company may designate by written notice to the Buyer.

 

31



 

(ii)                                   Notice to the Company given after the Closing shall be addressed to :

 

C.I.M. Industries Inc.

c/o Chase Corporation

26 Summer Street

Bridgewater, MA 02324

Attention: Peter R. Chase, Chairman and CEO

 

with a copy to :

 

George M. Hughes, Esq.

Hughes & Associates

P.O. Box 590321

Newton Center, MA 02459-0321

 

or at such other address and to the attention of such other person as the Company may designate by written notice to the Shareholders.

 

(c)                                   Notices to the Buyer shall be addressed to :

 

Chase Corporation

26 Summer Street

Bridgewater, MA 02324

Attention: Peter R. Chase, Chairman and CEO

 

with a copy to :

 

George M. Hughes, Esq.

Hughes & Associates

P.O. Box 590321

Newton Center, MA 02459-0321

 

or at such other address and to the attention of such other person as the Buyer may designate by written notice to the Shareholders.

 

Any notice hereunder shall be deemed to have been served or given as of the date such notice is actually received.

 

Section 11.8            Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

 

Section 11.9            Knowledge; Palmer’s Representations and Warranties .

 

(a)            As used in this Agreement, references to a Shareholder’s “knowledge” or like terms shall mean such Shareholder’s actual knowledge.  With respect to Thomas A. Palmer, Trustee of the Thomas A. Palmer Family Trust (“ Palmer ”), Palmer has never been employed by

 

32



 

the Company, has never served as a director of the Company, and has only served as an officer of the Company in a very limited, non-operational capacity (i.e., as an Assistant Secretary of the Company during the period August 19, 1988 through August 15, 2007).

 

(b)            Palmer does not personally make any of the representations or warranties set forth in Article 4 of this Agreement.  However, Palmer is and will be severally liable as a Shareholder in accordance with his Proportionate Share pursuant and subject to the applicable provisions of Article 6; for the avoidance of doubt, such several liability includes Palmer’s liability with respect to his representations and warranties under Article 3 and also with respect to the Shareholders’ representations and warranties under Article 4 (in the latter case, even though such representations and warranties are not being made personally by Palmer).

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

33



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been signed by or on behalf of each of the parties, all as of the Effective Date.

 

 

Chase :

 

Chase Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Title:

Chairman

 

 

 

Company :

 

C.I.M. Industries Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

Shareholders :

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas A. Palmer, Trustee of the

 

Thomas A. Palmer Family Trust

 

 

 

 

 

Robert E. Scribner, Trustee of the

 

Robert E. Scribner Family Trust

 

 

 

 

 

Scott S. Scribner

 

 

 

 

 

Paul W. Sullivan

 

 

 

 

 

Richard H. Stephens

 

The undersigned hereby accept their appointment as Shareholder Representatives under the applicable provisions of the foregoing Stock Purchase Agreement and agree to undertake and perform their duties and authorities as set forth in said Stock Purchase Agreement, all as of the Effective Date.

 

 

 

 

Robert E. Scribner

 

 

 

 

 

Paul W. Sullivan

 

Signature Page to Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

List of Exhibits

 

Exhibit A

 

Shareholder Allocations

 

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Form of Notes

 

 

 

Exhibit C

 

Form of Non-Compete Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit D

 

Form of Lease Amendment

 

 

 

Exhibit E

 

Intentionally Omitted

 

 

 

Exhibit F

 

Form of Legal Opinion of Messrs. Cook, Little, Rosenblatt & Manson, pllc , counsel to Company and Shareholders

 

 

 

Exhibit G

 

Form of Legal Opinion of Hughes & Associates, counsel to the Buyer

 

 

 

Exhibit H

 

Form of Closing Certificate of the Shareholders

 

 

 

Exhibit I

 

Form of Closing Certificate of the Buyer

 

 

 

Exhibit J

 

Computation of Company’s Net Working Capital as of June 30, 2009

 



 

List of Schedules

 

Schedule 2.3(c)(ii)

 

Excluded Accounts Receivable and Excluded Inventory

 

 

 

Schedule 3.3

 

Brokers and Finders

 

 

 

Schedule 4.1(b)

 

Incorporation; Authorization, etc.

 

 

 

Schedule 4.4

 

Title; Leases; Condition of Properties [includes Exhibit 4.4(a)]

 

 

 

Schedule 4.5

 

Inventories

 

 

 

Schedule 4.6

 

Changes since December 31, 2008

 

 

 

Schedule 4.7

 

Litigation; Orders

 

 

 

Schedule 4.8

 

Copyrights, Trademarks & Patents [includes Exhibit 4.8]

 

 

 

Schedule 4.9

 

Licenses, Approvals, Other Authorizations, Consents, Reports, etc. required in connection with the Stock Purchase [includes Exhibit 4.9]

 

 

 

Schedule 4.11

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

Schedule 4.12

 

Contracts, Agreements, etc. [includes Exhibit 4.12(a) and Exhibit 4.12(g)]

 

 

 

Schedule 4.13

 

Interests of Certain Persons

 

 

 

Schedule 4.14

 

Taxes

 

 

 

Schedule 4.15

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

 

 

Schedule 4.17

 

Environmental [includes Exhibit 4.17]

 

 

 

Schedule 7.5

 

Conduct of Business

 

 

 

Schedule 7.8

 

Employee Benefits

 




Exhibit 10.15.2

 

Final

 

Exhibit B

 

Chase Corporation

 

Promissory Note

 

$                              

 

 

 

 

                       , 2009

 

For value received, the undersigned, Chase Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (“ Chase ”), promises to pay to                                    of                                                              (“ Payee ”), the principal amount of                               , in three consecutive annual installments of $                     each, on each of the dates that is twelve, twenty-four and thirty six months from the date hereof (each such date, a “ Payment Date ”), together with accrued interest thereon. Interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of this note at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal rate established by the Internal Revenue Service in accordance with Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Interest on this note shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360-day year.

 

Principal and interest shall be payable, in lawful money of the United States of America, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such bank or other financial institution account of the Payee as is set forth in Exhibit A to the Agreement (as defined below), or to such other account with a bank or other financial institution located within the United States as may hereafter be designated by the Payee in writing to Chase (in which case Payee shall be responsible for supplying accurate and timely wiring instructions for such account to Chase); provided, that the Payee, at the Payee’s option, may, by written notice to Chase, require Chase to make any or all of such payments by certified check to the Payee’s principal residence as identified in such notice.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, one percent (1%) of the amount of any principal, interest, and/or late charge payments made by Chase to the Payee under this note shall be paid to Einhorn Associates, Inc. (“ Einhorn ”), as provided in Section 2.3(e) of the Agreement.  Such payments shall be made to Einhorn by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such bank or other financial institution account as designated by Einhorn to Chase for payment of the portion of Einhorn’s fee that is payable upon the closing of the Agreement, or to such other account with a bank or other financial institution located within the United States as may hereafter be designated by Einhorn in writing to Chase.

 

Chase shall pay a late charge equal to six percent (6%) of the amount of any principal or interest which is not paid within five (5) days of delivery of written notice of nonpayment by either the Payee or a Shareholder Representative (as defined in the Agreement).  The foregoing does not limit any other rights the Payee may have under this note or at law by reason of any such late payment.

 

This is one of a series of five (5) notes (the “ Notes ”) issued in connection with the purchase by Chase of all of the outstanding shares of stock of CIM Industries Inc., a New Hampshire corporation (“ CIM ”), pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement dated August       , 2009 entered into among Chase, CIM and the Payees of the Notes (the “ Agreement ”).  Each of

 



 

the Notes is identical except for the identity of the Payees and the principal amount thereof.  Pursuant to Article 6 of the Agreement, payments due under the Notes are subject to a right of set-off by Chase as described in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, such Article (“Set-off Right”), which Article’s terms and conditions are fully set forth in the Agreement (a copy of which has been signed by and delivered to Chase and each of the Payees).  The foregoing set-off provisions are incorporated herein by reference as if set forth in their entirety in this note.  Chase’s nonpayment of principal and/or interest as and when due under this Note by reason of its good faith exercise of its Set-off Right shall not trigger a late payment fee.

 

At the option of the Payee, this note shall become immediately due and payable without notice or demand upon the occurrence at any time of any of the following events of default: (1) failure to pay in full and when due any installment of principal or interest under this note or under any of the other Notes; (2) the liquidation, termination or dissolution of Chase, or its ceasing to actively carry on business, or the appointment of a receiver for its property; (3) the institution by or against Chase of any proceedings under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other law in which the Chase is alleged to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature, and in the case of any such involuntary proceedings, if such proceedings are not dismissed or terminated within sixty (60) days; or (4) the making by Chase of an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

No delay or omission on the part of the Payee in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right of the Payee, nor shall any delay, omission or waiver on any one occasion be deemed a bar to or waiver of the same or any other right on any future occasion.  Chase, regardless of the time, order or place of signing, waives presentment, demand, protest and notices of every kind and assents to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence, to any substitution, exchange or release of collateral, and to the addition or release of any other party or person primarily or secondarily liable.

 

Chase agrees to pay, upon demand, costs of collection of the principal of and interest on this note, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

This note shall be binding upon Chase and upon its respective successors, assigns and legal representatives, and shall inure to the benefit of the Payee and the Payee’s heirs, successors, endorsees and assigns.

 

This note shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and shall take effect as a sealed instrument.

 

Executed as an instrument under seal as of the date set forth at the beginning of this note.

 

Witness

 

Chase Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Peter R. Chase, Chairman and CEO

 

2



 

Schedule of Promissory Note Holders and Total Dollar Amount of Promissory Note:

 

Promissory Note Holders

 

Total Dollar Amount of Promissory Note

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas A. Palmer

 

$

278,520

 

Robert E. Scribner

 

$

1,395,660

 

Scott S. Scribner

 

$

834,780

 

Richard H. Stephens

 

$

245,520

 

Paul W. Sullivan

 

$

245,520

 

 

3




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

        Subsidiaries of Chase Corporation as of August 31, 2009 are as follows:

Name
  Jurisdiction of Incorporation

RWA, Inc. 

  Massachusetts

Chase Facile, Inc. 

  Massachusetts

Capital Services of New York, Inc. 

  New York

Chase & Sons Limited

  United Kingdom

HumiSeal Europe SARL

  France

HumiSeal Europe Limited

  United Kingdom

Chase Protective Coatings Limited

  United Kingdom



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-131929 and No. 333-100101) of Chase Corporation of our report dated November 13, 2009 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
November 13, 2009




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1


CERTIFICATION

I, Peter R. Chase, certify that:

Date: November 12, 2009

   

  /s/ PETER R. CHASE

Peter R. Chase
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Kenneth L. Dumas, certify that:

Date: November 12, 2009

   

  /s/ KENNETH L. DUMAS

Kenneth L. Dumas
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        The undersigned officer of Chase Corporation (the "Company") hereby certifies that the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 31, 2009 (the "Report"), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This certificate is furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Date: November 12, 2009

/s/ PETER R. CHASE

Peter R. Chase
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
   



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        The undersigned officer of Chase Corporation (the "Company") hereby certifies that the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 31, 2009 (the "Report"), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This certificate is furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Date: November 12, 2009

/s/ KENNETH L. DUMAS

Kenneth L. Dumas
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
   



QuickLinks